1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
132                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
133                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
134   // Find the first parent class template context, if any.
135   // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates.
136   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
137   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
138     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
139     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
140       break;
141   }
142   if (!RD)
143     return ParsedType();
144 
145   // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
146   // templates.
147   bool FoundTypeDecl = false;
148   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
149     auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
150     if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
151       continue;
152     auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
153     if (!TD)
154       continue;
155     auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
156         dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
157     if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
158       continue;
159     // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly
160     // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism.
161     for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) {
162       if (FoundTypeDecl)
163         return ParsedType();
164       FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND);
165       if (!FoundTypeDecl)
166         return ParsedType();
167     }
168   }
169   if (!FoundTypeDecl)
170     return ParsedType();
171 
172   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
173   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
174   // lookup during template instantiation.
175   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
176 
177   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
178   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
179                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
180   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
181 
182   CXXScopeSpec SS;
183   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
184 
185   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
186   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
187   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
188   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
189   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
190   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
191 }
192 
193 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
194 /// return the declaration of that type.
195 ///
196 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
197 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
198 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
199 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
200 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
201 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
202                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
203                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
204                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
205                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
206                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
207                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
208   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
209   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
210   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
211     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
212     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
213       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
214   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
215     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
216 
217     if (!LookupCtx) {
218       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
219         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
220         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
221         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
222         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
223         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
224         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
225         //
226         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
227         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
228         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
229           return ParsedType();
230 
231         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
232         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
233         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
234           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
235 
236         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
237         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
238                                        II, NameLoc);
239         return ParsedType::make(T);
240       }
241 
242       return ParsedType();
243     }
244 
245     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
246         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
247       return ParsedType();
248   }
249 
250   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
251   // lookup for class-names.
252   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
253                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
254   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
255   if (LookupCtx) {
256     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
257     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
258     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
259     // nested-name-specifier.
260     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
261 
262     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
263       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
264       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
265       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
266       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
267       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
268       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
269       LookupName(Result, S);
270     }
271   } else {
272     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
273     LookupName(Result, S);
274 
275     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
276     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
277     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
278       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
279               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
280         return TypeInBase;
281     }
282   }
283 
284   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
285   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
286   case LookupResult::NotFound:
287   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
288     if (CorrectedII) {
289       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
290       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
291                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator,
292                                               CTK_ErrorRecovery);
293       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
294       TemplateTy Template;
295       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
296       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
297       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
298       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
299       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
300       if (SS && NNS) {
301         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
302         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
303       }
304       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
305           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
306           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
307           // is handled elsewhere).
308           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
309             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
310                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
311         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
312                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
313                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
314                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
315         if (Ty) {
316           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
317                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
318                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
319           if (SS && NNS)
320             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
321           *CorrectedII = NewII;
322           return Ty;
323         }
324       }
325     }
326     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
327   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
328   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
329     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
330     return ParsedType();
331 
332   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
333     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
334     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
335     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
336     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
337     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
338     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
339       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
340       return ParsedType();
341     }
342 
343     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
344     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
345          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
346       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
347         if (!IIDecl ||
348             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
349               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
350           IIDecl = *Res;
351       }
352     }
353 
354     if (!IIDecl) {
355       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
356       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
357       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
358       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
359       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
360       // a type name.
361       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
362       return ParsedType();
363     }
364 
365     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
366     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
367     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
368     // perform the name lookup again.
369     break;
370 
371   case LookupResult::Found:
372     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
373     break;
374   }
375 
376   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
377 
378   QualType T;
379   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
380     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
381 
382     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
383 
384     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
385     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
386     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
387     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
388       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
389         // Construct a type with type-source information.
390         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
391         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
392 
393         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
394         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
395         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
396         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
397         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
398       } else {
399         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
400       }
401     }
402   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
403     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
404     if (!HasTrailingDot)
405       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
406   }
407 
408   if (T.isNull()) {
409     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
410     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
411     return ParsedType();
412   }
413   return ParsedType::make(T);
414 }
415 
416 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
417 static NestedNameSpecifier *
418 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
419   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
420     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
421     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
422     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
423       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
424     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
425       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
426                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
427     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
428       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
429   }
430   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
431 }
432 
433 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
434                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
435   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
436   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
437   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
438 
439   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
440   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
441   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
442   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
443       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
444   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
445 
446   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
447   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
448   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
449   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
450   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
451 
452   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
453   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
454   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
455   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
456   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
457   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
458 }
459 
460 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
461 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
462 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
463 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
464 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
465 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
466   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
467   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
468   LookupName(R, S, false);
469   R.suppressDiagnostics();
470   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
471     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
472       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
473       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
474       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
475       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
476       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
477       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
478       }
479     }
480 
481   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
482 }
483 
484 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
485 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
486 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
487 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
488 /// @code
489 /// template<class T> class A {
490 /// public:
491 ///   typedef int TYPE;
492 /// };
493 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
494 /// public:
495 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
496 /// };
497 /// @endcode
498 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
499   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
500     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
501 
502     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
503     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
504       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
505         return true;
506     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
507   }
508   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
509 }
510 
511 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
512                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
513                                    Scope *S,
514                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
515                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
516                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
517   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
518   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
519 
520   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
521   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
522   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates);
523   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
524                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
525                                              Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
526     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
527       // We corrected to a keyword.
528       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
529       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
530     } else {
531       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
532       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
533         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
534                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
535       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
536         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
537         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
538                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
539         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
540                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
541                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
542       } else {
543         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
544       }
545 
546       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
547       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
548         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
549                           SourceRange(IILoc));
550       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
551                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
552                                   false, ParsedType(),
553                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
554                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
555     }
556     return;
557   }
558 
559   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
560     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
561     UnqualifiedId Name;
562     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
563     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
564     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
565     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
566     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
567                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
568                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
569       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
570       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
571       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
572         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
573           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
574       }
575       return;
576     }
577   }
578 
579   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
580   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
581 
582   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
583     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
584   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
585     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
586       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
587   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
588     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
589     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
590       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
591 
592     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
593       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
594       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
595       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
596     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
597                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
598   } else {
599     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
600            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
601   }
602 }
603 
604 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
605 /// or
606 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
607   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
608                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
609 
610   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
611     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
612       return true;
613 
614     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
615       return true;
616   }
617 
618   return false;
619 }
620 
621 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
622                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
623                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
624                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
625   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
626   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
627   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
628     StringRef FixItTagName;
629     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
630       case TTK_Class:
631         FixItTagName = "class ";
632         break;
633 
634       case TTK_Enum:
635         FixItTagName = "enum ";
636         break;
637 
638       case TTK_Struct:
639         FixItTagName = "struct ";
640         break;
641 
642       case TTK_Interface:
643         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
644         break;
645 
646       case TTK_Union:
647         FixItTagName = "union ";
648         break;
649     }
650 
651     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
652     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
653       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
654       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
655 
656     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
657          I != IEnd; ++I)
658       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
659         << Name << TagName;
660 
661     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
662     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
663     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
664     return true;
665   }
666 
667   return false;
668 }
669 
670 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
671 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
672                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
673   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
674 
675   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
676   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
677 
678   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
679   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
680   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
681   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
682   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
683 }
684 
685 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
686                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
687                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
688                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
689                                             const Token &NextToken,
690                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
691                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
692   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
693   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
694 
695   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
696     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
697                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
698   }
699 
700   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
701   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
702 
703   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
704   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
705   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
706     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
707             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
708       return TypeInBase;
709   }
710 
711   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
712   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
713   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
714   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
715   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
716     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
717     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
718       return E;
719   }
720 
721   bool SecondTry = false;
722   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
723 
724 Corrected:
725   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
726   case LookupResult::NotFound:
727     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
728     // call.
729     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
730       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
731       // FIXME: Reference?
732       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
733         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
734 
735       // C90 6.3.2.2:
736       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
737       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
738       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
739       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
740       //   the function call, the declaration
741       //
742       //     extern int identifier ();
743       //
744       //   appeared.
745       //
746       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
747       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
748         Result.addDecl(D);
749         Result.resolveKind();
750         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
751       }
752     }
753 
754     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
755     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
756     // "struct", or "union".
757     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
758         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
759       break;
760     }
761 
762     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
763     // close to this name.
764     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
765       SecondTry = true;
766       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
767                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
768                                                  &SS, *CCC,
769                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
770         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
771         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
772 
773         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
774         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
775           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
776         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
777             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
778           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
779           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
780         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
781                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
782                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
783                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
784           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
785           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
786         }
787 
788         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
789           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
790         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
791           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
792           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
793                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
794           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
795                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
796                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
797         }
798 
799         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
800         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
801 
802         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
803         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
804           return Name;
805 
806         // Also update the LookupResult...
807         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
808         Result.clear();
809         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
810         if (FirstDecl)
811           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
812 
813         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
814         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
815         // reference the ivar.
816         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
817         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
818           Result.clear();
819           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
820           return E;
821         }
822 
823         goto Corrected;
824       }
825     }
826 
827     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
828     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
829     return NameClassification::Unknown();
830 
831   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
832     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
833     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
834     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
835 
836     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
837     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
838     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
839     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
840     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
841     //
842     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
843     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
844     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
845     // keyword here.
846     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
847                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
848                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
849   }
850 
851   case LookupResult::Found:
852   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
853   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
854     break;
855 
856   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
857     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
858         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
859       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
860       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
861       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
862       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
863       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
864       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
865       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
866       //   ambiguous.
867       //
868       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
869       // so try again after filtering out template names.
870       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
871       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
872         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
873         break;
874       }
875     }
876 
877     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
878     return NameClassification::Error();
879   }
880 
881   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
882       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
883     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
884     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
885     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
886     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
887     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
888     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
889     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
890       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
891 
892     if (!Result.empty()) {
893       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
894       bool IsVarTemplate;
895       TemplateName Template;
896       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
897         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
898         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
899                                                      Result.end());
900       } else {
901         TemplateDecl *TD
902           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
903         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
904         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
905 
906         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
907           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
908                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
909                                                       TD);
910         else
911           Template = TemplateName(TD);
912       }
913 
914       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
915         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
916         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
917         // to based on which function we selected.
918         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
919 
920         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
921       }
922 
923       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
924                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
925     }
926   }
927 
928   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
929   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
930     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
931     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
932     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
933       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
934     return ParsedType::make(T);
935   }
936 
937   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
938   if (!Class) {
939     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
940     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
941             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
942       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
943   }
944 
945   if (Class) {
946     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
947 
948     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
949       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
950       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
951       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
952       return NameClassification::Unknown();
953     }
954 
955     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
956     return ParsedType::make(T);
957   }
958 
959   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
960   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
961     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
962         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
963 
964   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
965   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
966   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
967   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
968        (NextIsOp &&
969         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
970       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
971     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
972     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
973     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
974     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
975       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
976     return ParsedType::make(T);
977   }
978 
979   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
980     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
981                                            nullptr);
982 
983   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
984   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
985 }
986 
987 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
988 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
989 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
990 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
991 
992   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
993   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
994   // the context we'll need to return to.
995   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
996   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
997   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
998   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
999   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1000   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1001   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1002   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1003   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1004   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1005     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1006 
1007     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1008     // lexical context.
1009     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1010       return DC;
1011 
1012     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1013     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1014     // class is the context we need to return to.
1015     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1016       DC = RD;
1017 
1018     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1019     // declared in.
1020     return DC;
1021   }
1022 
1023   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1024 }
1025 
1026 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1027   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1028       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1029   CurContext = DC;
1030   S->setEntity(DC);
1031 }
1032 
1033 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1034   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1035 
1036   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1037   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1038 }
1039 
1040 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1041 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1042 ///
1043 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1044   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1045   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1046   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1047   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1048   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1049   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1050   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1051   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1052   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1053   //   namespace.
1054   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1055   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1056   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1057   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1058   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1059 
1060   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1061 
1062 #ifndef NDEBUG
1063   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1064   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1065   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1066 #endif
1067 
1068   CurContext = DC;
1069   S->setEntity(DC);
1070 }
1071 
1072 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1073   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1074 
1075   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1076   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1077   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1078   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1079   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1080 
1081   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1082   // disappear.
1083 }
1084 
1085 
1086 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1087   // We assume that the caller has already called
1088   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1089   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1090   if (!FD)
1091     return;
1092 
1093   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1094   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1095   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1096     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1097   CurContext = FD;
1098   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1099 
1100   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1101     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1102     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1103     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1104       S->AddDecl(Param);
1105       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1106     }
1107   }
1108 }
1109 
1110 
1111 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1112   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1113   // rather than the top-level class.
1114   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1115   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1116   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1117 }
1118 
1119 
1120 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1121 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1122 ///
1123 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1124 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1125 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1126 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1127 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1128 /// attribute.
1129 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1130                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1131   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1132     return true;
1133 
1134   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1135     return true;
1136 
1137   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1138           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1139 }
1140 
1141 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1142 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1143   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1144   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1145   // scope.
1146   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1147     S = S->getParent();
1148 
1149   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1150   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1151   // into any context.
1152   if (AddToContext)
1153     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1154 
1155   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1156   // are function-local declarations.
1157   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1158       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1159         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1160       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1161     return;
1162 
1163   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1164   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1165       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1166     return;
1167 
1168   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1169   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1170                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1171   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1172     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1173       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1174       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1175 
1176       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1177       break;
1178     }
1179   }
1180 
1181   S->AddDecl(D);
1182 
1183   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1184     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1185     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1186     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1187     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1188       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1189       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1190         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1191           continue;
1192       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1193         break;
1194     }
1195 
1196     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1197   } else {
1198     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1199   }
1200 }
1201 
1202 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1203   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1204     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1205 }
1206 
1207 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1208                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1209   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1210 }
1211 
1212 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1213   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1214   do {
1215     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1216       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1217         return S;
1218   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1219 
1220   return nullptr;
1221 }
1222 
1223 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1224                                             DeclContext*,
1225                                             ASTContext&);
1226 
1227 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1228 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1229 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1230                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1231                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1232   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1233   while (F.hasNext()) {
1234     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1235 
1236     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1237       continue;
1238 
1239     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1240       continue;
1241 
1242     F.erase();
1243   }
1244 
1245   F.done();
1246 }
1247 
1248 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1249   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1250          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1251          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1252 }
1253 
1254 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1255 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1256   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1257   while (F.hasNext())
1258     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1259       F.erase();
1260 
1261   F.done();
1262 }
1263 
1264 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1265 /// @code
1266 /// class S {
1267 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1268 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1269 /// };
1270 /// @endcode
1271 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1272   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1273   // the decl here.
1274   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1275     return false;
1276 
1277   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1278     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1279   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1280     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1281   return false;
1282 }
1283 
1284 // We need this to handle
1285 //
1286 // typedef struct {
1287 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1288 // } A;
1289 //
1290 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1291 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1292 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1293 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1294 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1295 // not.
1296 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1297   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1298   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1299     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1300       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1301         return true;
1302     }
1303     DC = DC->getParent();
1304   }
1305 
1306   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1307 }
1308 
1309 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1310 // these semantics.
1311 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1312   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1313     return false;
1314   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1315 }
1316 
1317 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1318   assert(D);
1319 
1320   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1321     return false;
1322 
1323   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1324   // of members of class templates.
1325   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1326       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1327     return false;
1328 
1329   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1330     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1331       return false;
1332 
1333     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1334       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1335         return false;
1336     } else {
1337       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1338       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1339         return false;
1340     }
1341 
1342     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1343         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1344       return false;
1345   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1346     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1347     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1348     // like "inline".)
1349     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1350       return false;
1351 
1352     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1353       return false;
1354 
1355     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1356         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1357       return false;
1358   } else {
1359     return false;
1360   }
1361 
1362   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1363   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1364   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1365   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1366 }
1367 
1368 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1369   if (!D)
1370     return;
1371 
1372   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1373     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1374     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1375       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1376   }
1377 
1378   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1379     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1380     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1381       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1382   }
1383 
1384   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1385     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1386 }
1387 
1388 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1389   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1390     return false;
1391 
1392   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1393       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1394     return false;
1395 
1396   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1397     return true;
1398 
1399   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1400   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1401       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1402     return false;
1403 
1404   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1405   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1406 
1407     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1408     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1409 
1410     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1411     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1412       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1413         return false;
1414     }
1415 
1416     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1417     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1418     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1419       return false;
1420 
1421     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1422       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1423       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1424         return false;
1425 
1426       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1427         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1428           return false;
1429 
1430         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1431           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1432                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1433             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1434           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1435             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1436           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1437             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1438             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1439               return false;
1440           }
1441         }
1442       }
1443     }
1444 
1445     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1446   }
1447 
1448   return true;
1449 }
1450 
1451 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1452                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1453   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1454     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1455                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1456     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1457       return;
1458     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1459                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1460   }
1461   return;
1462 }
1463 
1464 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1465 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1466 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1467   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1468     return;
1469 
1470   FixItHint Hint;
1471   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1472 
1473   unsigned DiagID;
1474   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1475     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1476   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1477     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1478   else
1479     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1480 
1481   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1482 }
1483 
1484 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1485   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1486   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1487   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1488   if (L->getStmt() == nullptr)
1489     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1490 }
1491 
1492 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1493   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1494 
1495   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1496   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1497          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1498 
1499   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1500     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1501 
1502     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1503     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1504 
1505     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1506 
1507     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1508     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1509       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1510 
1511     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1512     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1513       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1514 
1515     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1516     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1517   }
1518 }
1519 
1520 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1521 ///
1522 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1523 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1524 /// to the fixed name.
1525 ///
1526 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1527 ///
1528 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1529 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1530 ///
1531 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1532 /// class could not be found.
1533 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1534                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1535                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1536   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1537   // creation from this context.
1538   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1539 
1540   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1541     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1542     // find an Objective-C class name.
1543     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1544     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1545                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1546                                        Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1547       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1548       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1549       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1550     }
1551   }
1552   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1553   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1554   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1555       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1556   return Def;
1557 }
1558 
1559 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1560 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1561 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1562 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1563 /// ill-formed in C++:
1564 /// @code
1565 /// struct S6 {
1566 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1567 /// };
1568 ///
1569 /// void test_S6() {
1570 ///   struct S6 a;
1571 ///   a.e = BAR;
1572 /// }
1573 /// @endcode
1574 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1575 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1576 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1577 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1578 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1579 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1580 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1581 /// contain non-field names.
1582 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1583   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1584          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1585          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1586     S = S->getParent();
1587   return S;
1588 }
1589 
1590 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1591 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1592 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1593 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1594 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1595                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1596   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1597     return;
1598   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1599 
1600   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1601                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1602   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1603   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1604     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1605       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1606 }
1607 
1608 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1609   switch (Error) {
1610   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1611     return "";
1612   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1613     return "stdio.h";
1614   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1615     return "setjmp.h";
1616   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1617     return "ucontext.h";
1618   }
1619   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1620 }
1621 
1622 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1623 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1624 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1625 /// built-in.
1626 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1627                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1628                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1629   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1630 
1631   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1632 
1633   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1634   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1635   if (Error) {
1636     if (ForRedeclaration)
1637       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1638           << getHeaderName(Error)
1639           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1640     return nullptr;
1641   }
1642 
1643   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1644     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1645       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1646       << R;
1647     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1648         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1649       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1650           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1651           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1652   }
1653 
1654   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1655   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1656     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1657         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1658                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1659     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1660     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1661     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1662   }
1663 
1664   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1665                                            Parent,
1666                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1667                                            SC_Extern,
1668                                            false,
1669                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1670   New->setImplicit();
1671 
1672   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1673   // FunctionDecl.
1674   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1675     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1676     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1677       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1678           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1679                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1680                               SC_None, nullptr);
1681       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1682       Params.push_back(parm);
1683     }
1684     New->setParams(Params);
1685   }
1686 
1687   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1688   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1689 
1690   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1691   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1692   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1693   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1694   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1695   CurContext = Parent;
1696   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1697   CurContext = SavedContext;
1698   return New;
1699 }
1700 
1701 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1702 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1703 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1704 /// entity.
1705 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1706                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1707                                               LookupResult &previous){
1708   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1709   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1710     return;
1711 
1712   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1713   if (previous.empty())
1714     return;
1715 
1716   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1717   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1718     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1719 
1720     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1721     if (!old->isHidden())
1722       continue;
1723 
1724     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1725       filter.erase();
1726   }
1727 
1728   filter.done();
1729 }
1730 
1731 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1732 /// entity if their types are the same.
1733 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1734 /// isSameEntity.
1735 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context,
1736                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1737                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1738   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1739   if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1740     return;
1741 
1742   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1743   if (Previous.empty())
1744     return;
1745 
1746   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1747   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1748     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1749 
1750     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1751     if (!Old->isHidden())
1752       continue;
1753 
1754     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1755     // different linkages.
1756     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1757       if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1758                               Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1759         continue;
1760 
1761     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1762       Filter.erase();
1763   }
1764 
1765   Filter.done();
1766 }
1767 
1768 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1769   QualType OldType;
1770   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1771     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1772   else
1773     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1774   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1775 
1776   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1777     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1778     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1779     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1780       << Kind << NewType;
1781     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1782       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1783     New->setInvalidDecl();
1784     return true;
1785   }
1786 
1787   if (OldType != NewType &&
1788       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1789       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1790       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1791     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1792     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1793       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1794     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1795       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1796     New->setInvalidDecl();
1797     return true;
1798   }
1799   return false;
1800 }
1801 
1802 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1803 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1804 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1805 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1806 ///
1807 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1808   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1809   // merging checks.
1810   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1811 
1812   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1813   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1814   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1815     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1816     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1817     default: break;
1818     case 2:
1819       {
1820         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1821           break;
1822         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1823         if (!T->isPointerType())
1824           break;
1825         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1826           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1827           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1828             break;
1829         }
1830         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1831         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1832         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1833         return;
1834       }
1835     case 5:
1836       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1837         break;
1838       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1839       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1840       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1841       return;
1842     case 3:
1843       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1844         break;
1845       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1846       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1847       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1848       return;
1849     }
1850     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1851   }
1852 
1853   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1854   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1855   if (!Old) {
1856     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1857       << New->getDeclName();
1858 
1859     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1860     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1861       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1862 
1863     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1864   }
1865 
1866   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1867   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1868     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1869 
1870   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1871   // with any extensions enabled.
1872   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1873     return;
1874 
1875   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1876   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1877   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1878     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1879     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1880   }
1881 
1882   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1883     return;
1884 
1885   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1886     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1887     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1888     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1889     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1890     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1891       return;
1892 
1893     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1894     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1895     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1896     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1897     //
1898     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1899     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1900     //
1901     //   struct S {
1902     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1903     //   };
1904     //
1905     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1906     // allow the above but disallow
1907     //
1908     //   struct S {
1909     //     typedef int I;
1910     //     typedef int I;
1911     //   };
1912     //
1913     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1914     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1915       return;
1916 
1917     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1918       << New->getDeclName();
1919     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1920     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1921   }
1922 
1923   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1924   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1925     return;
1926 
1927   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1928   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1929   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1930   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1931   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1932       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1933        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1934     return;
1935 
1936   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
1937     << New->getDeclName();
1938   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1939   return;
1940 }
1941 
1942 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1943 /// attribute.
1944 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1945   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1946   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1947   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1948     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1949       if (Ann) {
1950         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1951           return true;
1952         continue;
1953       }
1954       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1955       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
1956         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
1957       return true;
1958     }
1959 
1960   return false;
1961 }
1962 
1963 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1964   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1965     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1966   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1967     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1968   return true;
1969 }
1970 
1971 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1972 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1973 ///
1974 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1975 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1976   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1977   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1978   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
1979   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
1980   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1981   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1982     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1983     // in a case like:
1984     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1985     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1986     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1987     // definition in such a case.
1988     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1989       return false;
1990 
1991     if (I->isAlignas())
1992       OldAlignasAttr = I;
1993 
1994     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1995     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1996       OldAlign = Align;
1997       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
1998     }
1999   }
2000 
2001   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2002   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2003   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2004   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2005     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2006       return false;
2007 
2008     if (I->isAlignas())
2009       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2010 
2011     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2012     if (Align > NewAlign)
2013       NewAlign = Align;
2014   }
2015 
2016   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2017     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2018     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2019     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2020     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2021 
2022     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2023     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2024     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2025       QualType Ty;
2026       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2027         Ty = VD->getType();
2028       else
2029         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2030 
2031       if (OldAlign == 0)
2032         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2033       if (NewAlign == 0)
2034         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2035     }
2036 
2037     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2038       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2039         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2040         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2041       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2042     }
2043   }
2044 
2045   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2046     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2047     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2048     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2049     //   equivalent alignment.
2050     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2051     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2052     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2053     //   have no alignment specifier.
2054     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2055       << OldAlignasAttr;
2056     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2057       << OldAlignasAttr;
2058   }
2059 
2060   bool AnyAdded = false;
2061 
2062   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2063   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2064     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2065     Clone->setInherited(true);
2066     New->addAttr(Clone);
2067     AnyAdded = true;
2068   }
2069 
2070   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2071   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2072       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2073     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2074     Clone->setInherited(true);
2075     New->addAttr(Clone);
2076     AnyAdded = true;
2077   }
2078 
2079   return AnyAdded;
2080 }
2081 
2082 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2083                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2084   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2085   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2086   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2087     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2088                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2089                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2090                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2091                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2092   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2093     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2094                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2095   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2096     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2097                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2098   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2099     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2100                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2101   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2102     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2103                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2104   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2105     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2106                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2107                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2108   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2109     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2110                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2111   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2112     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2113                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2114                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2115   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2116     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2117     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2118     NewAttr = nullptr;
2119   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2120     NewAttr = nullptr;
2121   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2122     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2123 
2124   if (NewAttr) {
2125     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2126     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2127     return true;
2128   }
2129 
2130   return false;
2131 }
2132 
2133 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2134   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2135     return TD->getDefinition();
2136   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2137     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2138     if (Def)
2139       return Def;
2140     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2141   }
2142   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2143     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2144     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2145       return Def;
2146   }
2147   return nullptr;
2148 }
2149 
2150 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2151   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2152     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2153       return true;
2154   return false;
2155 }
2156 
2157 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2158 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2159 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2160   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2161     return;
2162 
2163   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2164   if (!Def || Def == New)
2165     return;
2166 
2167   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2168   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2169     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2170 
2171     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2172       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2173         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2174       else {
2175         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2176         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2177                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2178                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2179                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2180         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2181         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2182         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2183       }
2184       ++I;
2185       continue;
2186     }
2187 
2188     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2189       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2190       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2191         ++I;
2192         continue;
2193       }
2194     }
2195 
2196     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2197       ++I;
2198       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2199     }
2200 
2201     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2202       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2203       ++I;
2204       continue;
2205     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2206       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2207         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2208         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2209         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2210         //   equivalent alignment.
2211         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2212         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2213         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2214         //   have no alignment specifier.
2215         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2216           << AA;
2217         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2218           << AA;
2219         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2220         --E;
2221         continue;
2222       }
2223     }
2224 
2225     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2226            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2227     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2228     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2229     --E;
2230   }
2231 }
2232 
2233 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2234 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2235                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2236   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2237     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2238     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2239     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2240   }
2241 
2242   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2243     return;
2244 
2245   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2246   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2247 
2248   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2249     return;
2250 
2251   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2252 
2253   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2254   // we process them.
2255   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2256 
2257   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2258     bool Override = false;
2259     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2260     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2261         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2262         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2263       switch (AMK) {
2264       case AMK_None:
2265         continue;
2266 
2267       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2268         break;
2269 
2270       case AMK_Override:
2271         Override = true;
2272         break;
2273       }
2274     }
2275 
2276     // Already handled.
2277     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2278       continue;
2279 
2280     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2281       foundAny = true;
2282   }
2283 
2284   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2285     foundAny = true;
2286 
2287   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2288 }
2289 
2290 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2291 /// to the new one.
2292 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2293                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2294                                      Sema &S) {
2295   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2296   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2297   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2298   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2299   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2300   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2301     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2302            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2303     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2304     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2305     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2306       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2307     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2308       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2309     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2310            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2311   }
2312 
2313   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2314     return;
2315 
2316   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2317 
2318   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2319   // done before we process them.
2320   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2321 
2322   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2323     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2324       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2325         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2326       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2327       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2328       foundAny = true;
2329     }
2330   }
2331 
2332   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2333 }
2334 
2335 namespace {
2336 
2337 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2338 /// C.
2339 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2340   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2341   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2342   QualType PromotedType;
2343 };
2344 
2345 }
2346 
2347 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2348 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2349   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2350     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2351       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2352 
2353     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2354       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2355 
2356     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2357       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2358   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2359     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2360   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2361     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2362   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2363     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2364   }
2365 
2366   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2367 }
2368 
2369 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2370 // declaration, or a declaration.
2371 template <typename T>
2372 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2373 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2374   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2375   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2376   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2377     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2378   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2379     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2380     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2381       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2382   } else
2383     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2384   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2385 }
2386 
2387 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2388 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2389 /// GNU89 mode.
2390 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2391                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2392   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2393           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2394           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2395           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2396 }
2397 
2398 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2399   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2400   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2401     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2402   return AT;
2403 }
2404 
2405 template <typename T>
2406 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2407   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2408   if (DC->isRecord())
2409     return false;
2410 
2411   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2412   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2413     return true;
2414   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2415     return true;
2416   return false;
2417 }
2418 
2419 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2420 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2421 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2422 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2423 ///
2424 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2425 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2426 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2427 /// merged with.
2428 ///
2429 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2430 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2431                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2432   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2433   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2434   if (!Old) {
2435     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2436       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2437         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2438         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2439              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2440         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2441              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2442         return true;
2443       }
2444 
2445       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2446       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2447       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2448       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2449       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2450 
2451       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2452       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2453       if (Old &&
2454           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2455               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2456           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2457         Old = nullptr;
2458 
2459       if (!Old) {
2460         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2461         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2462              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2463         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2464         return true;
2465       }
2466       OldD = Old;
2467     } else {
2468       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2469         << New->getDeclName();
2470       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2471       return true;
2472     }
2473   }
2474 
2475   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2476   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2477     return true;
2478 
2479   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2480   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2481   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2482       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2483 
2484   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2485   // is an extern inline function.
2486   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2487   // storage classes.
2488   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2489       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2490       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2491       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2492       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2493     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2494       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2495       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2496     } else {
2497       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2498       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2499       return true;
2500     }
2501   }
2502 
2503 
2504   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2505   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2506   // convention of the first.
2507   //
2508   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2509   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2510   //
2511   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2512   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2513   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2514   //
2515   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2516   // other tests to run.
2517   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2518   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2519   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2520   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2521   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2522   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2523   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2524 
2525   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2526     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2527     const FunctionType *FT =
2528         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2529     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2530     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2531     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2532       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2533       // there but not here.
2534       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2535       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2536     } else {
2537       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2538       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2539       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2540         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2541         << !FirstCCExplicit
2542         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2543             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2544 
2545       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2546       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2547       return true;
2548     }
2549   }
2550 
2551   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2552   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2553     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2554     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2555   }
2556 
2557   // Merge regparm attribute.
2558   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2559       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2560     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2561       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2562         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2563         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2564       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2565       return true;
2566     }
2567 
2568     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2569     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2570   }
2571 
2572   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2573   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2574     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2575       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2576       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2577       return true;
2578     }
2579 
2580     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2581     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2582   }
2583 
2584   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2585     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2586     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2587     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2588     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2589     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2590   }
2591 
2592   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2593   // UndefinedButUsed.
2594   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2595       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2596       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2597       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2598       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2599     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2600                                            SourceLocation()));
2601 
2602   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2603   // about it.
2604   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2605       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2606     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2607   }
2608 
2609   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2610     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2611     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2612     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2613     //        cannot be overloaded.
2614 
2615     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2616     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2617     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2618     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2619     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2620     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2621         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2622              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2623              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2624     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2625         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2626              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2627              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2628     QualType ResQT;
2629     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2630         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2631           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2632       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2633           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2634         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2635       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2636         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2637           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2638               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2639         else
2640           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2641               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2642         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2643                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2644         return true;
2645       }
2646       else
2647         NewQType = ResQT;
2648     }
2649 
2650     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2651     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2652     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2653       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2654       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2655       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2656       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2657         New->setType(
2658             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2659                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2660                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2661         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2662             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2663                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2664                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2665       }
2666     }
2667 
2668     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2669     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2670     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2671       // Preserve triviality.
2672       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2673 
2674       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2675       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2676       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2677       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2678                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2679                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2680       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2681 
2682       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2683           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2684         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2685         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2686         //       is a static member function declaration.
2687         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2688           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2689           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2690           return true;
2691         }
2692 
2693         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2694         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2695         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2696         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2697         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2698           unsigned NewDiag;
2699           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2700             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2701           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2702             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2703           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2704             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2705           else
2706             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2707 
2708           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2709         } else {
2710           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2711             << New << New->getType();
2712         }
2713         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2714 
2715       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2716       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2717       //
2718       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2719       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2720       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2721         if (isFriend) {
2722           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2723         } else {
2724           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2725                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2726             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2727           return true;
2728         }
2729       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2730         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2731              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2732           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2733         return true;
2734       }
2735     }
2736 
2737     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2738     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2739     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2740     //   attribute.
2741     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2742     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2743       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2744       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2745            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2746     }
2747 
2748     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2749     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2750     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2751     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2752     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2753     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2754       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2755            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2756       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2757            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2758     }
2759 
2760     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2761     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2762     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2763     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2764 
2765     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2766     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2767     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2768       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2769       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2770         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2771       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2772       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2773     }
2774 
2775     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2776       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2777       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2778       //
2779       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2780       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2781       // linkage within class scope.
2782       //
2783       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2784       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2785         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2786         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2787       } else {
2788         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2789         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2790         return true;
2791       }
2792     }
2793 
2794     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2795       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2796 
2797     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2798         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2799       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2800       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2801       // when we instantiate the function.
2802       return false;
2803     }
2804 
2805     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2806   }
2807 
2808   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2809   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2810   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2811       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2812     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2813     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2814     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2815     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2816         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2817       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2818       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2819       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2820       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2821       NewQType =
2822           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2823                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2824       New->setType(NewQType);
2825       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2826 
2827       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2828       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2829       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2830         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2831                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2832                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2833                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2834         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2835         Param->setImplicit();
2836         Params.push_back(Param);
2837       }
2838 
2839       New->setParams(Params);
2840     }
2841 
2842     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2843   }
2844 
2845   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2846   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2847   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2848   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2849   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2850   // the prototype.
2851   //
2852   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2853   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2854   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2855   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2856   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2857       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2858       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2859       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2860     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2861     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2862     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2863       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2864     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2865       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2866 
2867     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2868     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2869                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2870     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2871     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2872          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2873       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2874       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2875       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2876                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2877         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2878       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2879                                             NewParm->getType(),
2880                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2881         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2882                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2883         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2884         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2885       } else
2886         LooseCompatible = false;
2887     }
2888 
2889     if (LooseCompatible) {
2890       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2891         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2892              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2893           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2894           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2895         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2896           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2897                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2898       }
2899 
2900       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2901         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2902                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2903       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2904     }
2905 
2906     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2907   }
2908 
2909   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2910   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2911 
2912   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2913   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2914   unsigned BuiltinID;
2915   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2916     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2917     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2918     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2919       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2920       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2921         << Old << Old->getType();
2922 
2923       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2924       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2925       //
2926       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2927       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2928       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2929       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2930       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2931       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2932         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2933 
2934       return false;
2935     }
2936 
2937     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2938   }
2939 
2940   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2941   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2942   return true;
2943 }
2944 
2945 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2946 /// known to be compatible.
2947 ///
2948 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2949 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2950 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2951 /// redeclaration of Old.
2952 ///
2953 /// \returns false
2954 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2955                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2956   // Merge the attributes
2957   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2958 
2959   // Merge "pure" flag.
2960   if (Old->isPure())
2961     New->setPure();
2962 
2963   // Merge "used" flag.
2964   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2965     New->setIsUsed();
2966 
2967   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2968   // declarations.
2969   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2970     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2971       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2972                                *this);
2973 
2974   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2975     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2976 
2977   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2978   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2979   // was visible.
2980   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2981   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2982     New->setType(Merged);
2983 
2984   return false;
2985 }
2986 
2987 
2988 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2989                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2990 
2991   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2992   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2993     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2994                                                    : AMK_Override;
2995   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2996 
2997   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2998   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2999                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3000   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3001          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3002        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3003     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3004 
3005   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3006 }
3007 
3008 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3009 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3010 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3011 ///
3012 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3013 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3014 /// is attached.
3015 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3016                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3017   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3018     return;
3019 
3020   QualType MergedT;
3021   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3022     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3023       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3024       return;
3025     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3026       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3027       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3028     }
3029     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3030     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3031     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3032     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3033     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3034     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3035              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3036       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3037       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3038       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3039                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3040         MergedT = New->getType();
3041     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3042                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3043       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3044       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3045       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3046                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3047         MergedT = Old->getType();
3048     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3049                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3050       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3051                                               Old->getType());
3052     }
3053   } else {
3054     // C 6.2.7p2:
3055     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3056     //   compatible type.
3057     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3058   }
3059   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3060     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3061     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3062     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3063     // equivalent.
3064     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3065     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3066          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3067       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3068       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3069       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3070       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3071         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3072       return;
3073     }
3074 
3075     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3076     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3077     //
3078     //   extern int arr[];
3079     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3080     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3081     //
3082     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3083     // to diagnose it.
3084     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
3085       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3086     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3087     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3088   }
3089 
3090   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3091   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3092   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3093     New->setType(MergedT);
3094 }
3095 
3096 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3097                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3098   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3099   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3100   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3101   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3102   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3103   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3104   //
3105   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3106   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3107     return false;
3108 
3109   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3110     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3111     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3112     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3113     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3114     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3115            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3116             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3117   } else {
3118     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3119     // type unless we're in the same function.
3120     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3121            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3122   }
3123 }
3124 
3125 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3126 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3127 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3128 ///
3129 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3130 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3131 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3132 ///
3133 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3134   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3135   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3136     return;
3137 
3138   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3139 
3140   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3141   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3142   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3143   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3144     if (NewTemplate) {
3145       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3146       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3147     } else
3148       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3149   }
3150   if (!Old) {
3151     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3152       << New->getDeclName();
3153     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3154          diag::note_previous_definition);
3155     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3156   }
3157 
3158   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3159     return;
3160 
3161   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3162   if (NewTemplate &&
3163       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3164                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3165                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3166     return;
3167 
3168   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3169   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3170   //
3171   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3172   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3173     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3174       << New->getIdentifier();
3175     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3176     New->setInvalidDecl();
3177   }
3178 
3179   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3180   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3181   // declaration
3182   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3183       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3184       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3185     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3186     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3187     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3188     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3189   }
3190 
3191   // Merge the types.
3192   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3193 
3194   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3195     return;
3196 
3197   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3198   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3199   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3200       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3201 
3202   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3203   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3204       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3205       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3206     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3207       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3208           << New->getDeclName();
3209       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3210     } else {
3211       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3212           << New->getDeclName();
3213       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3214       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3215     }
3216   }
3217   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3218   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3219   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3220   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3221   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3222   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3223   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3224   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3225   //   identifier has external linkage.
3226   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3227     /* Okay */;
3228   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3229            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3230            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3231     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3232     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3233     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3234   }
3235 
3236   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3237   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3238       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3239     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3240     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3241     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3242   }
3243   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3244       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3245     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3246     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3247     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3248   }
3249 
3250   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3251 
3252   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3253   // need to check for mismatches.
3254   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3255       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3256       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3257         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3258     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3259     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3260     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3261   }
3262 
3263   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3264     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3265       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3266       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3267     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3268       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3269       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3270     } else {
3271       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3272       // static and dynamic initialization.
3273       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3274       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3275       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3276         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3277       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3278     }
3279   }
3280 
3281   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3282   const VarDecl *Def;
3283   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3284       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3285       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3286     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3287     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3288     New->setInvalidDecl();
3289     return;
3290   }
3291 
3292   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3293     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3294     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3295     New->setInvalidDecl();
3296     return;
3297   }
3298 
3299   // Merge "used" flag.
3300   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3301     New->setIsUsed();
3302 
3303   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3304   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3305   if (NewTemplate)
3306     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3307 
3308   // Inherit access appropriately.
3309   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3310   if (NewTemplate)
3311     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3312 }
3313 
3314 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3315 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3316 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3317                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3318   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3319 }
3320 
3321 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3322   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3323     return;
3324 
3325   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3326     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3327     // it is anonymous.
3328     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3329       return;
3330     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3331         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3332     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3333         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3334     return;
3335   }
3336 
3337   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3338   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3339   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3340           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3341                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3342     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3343         Tag,
3344         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3345   }
3346 }
3347 
3348 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3349 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3350 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3351 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3352                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3353                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3354                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3355   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3356   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3357   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3358       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3359       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3360       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3361       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3362     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3363 
3364     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3365       return nullptr;
3366 
3367     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3368     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3369     // it's a Type.
3370     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3371       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3372     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3373       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3374   }
3375 
3376   if (Tag) {
3377     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3378     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3379     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3380       return Tag;
3381   }
3382 
3383   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3384     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3385     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3386     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3387       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3388            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3389            << DS.getSourceRange();
3390   }
3391 
3392   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3393     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3394     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3395     if (Tag)
3396       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3397         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3398             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3399             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3400             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3401     else
3402       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3403     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3404     return TagD;
3405   }
3406 
3407   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3408 
3409   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3410     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3411     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3412     if (TagD && !Tag)
3413       return nullptr;
3414     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3415   }
3416 
3417   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3418   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3419     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3420   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3421       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3422     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3423     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3424     // or an explicit specialization.
3425     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3426     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3427       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3428           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3429           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3430           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3431       << SS.getRange();
3432     return nullptr;
3433   }
3434 
3435   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3436   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3437 
3438   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3439   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3440     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3441         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3442       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3443           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3444         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3445 
3446       DeclaresAnything = false;
3447     }
3448   }
3449 
3450   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3451   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3452   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3453   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3454       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3455     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3456     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3457     //   struct STRUCT;
3458     //   union UNION;
3459     // and
3460     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3461     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3462     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3463         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3464       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3465       if (Tag)
3466         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3467       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3468                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3469         Record = RT->getDecl();
3470       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3471         Record = UT->getDecl();
3472 
3473       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3474         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3475           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3476         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3477       }
3478 
3479       DeclaresAnything = false;
3480     }
3481   }
3482 
3483   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3484   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3485       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3486     return TagD;
3487 
3488   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3489       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3490     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3491       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3492           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3493         DeclaresAnything = false;
3494 
3495   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3496     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3497     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3498       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3499         << DS.getSourceRange();
3500     else
3501       DeclaresAnything = false;
3502   }
3503 
3504   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3505       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3506     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3507       << Tag->getTagKind()
3508       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3509 
3510   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3511 
3512   // C 6.7/2:
3513   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3514   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3515   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3516   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3517   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3518   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3519   //   previous declaration.
3520   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3521     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3522     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3523     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3524     return TagD;
3525   }
3526 
3527   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3528   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3529   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3530   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3531   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3532   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3533   //
3534   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3535   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3536   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3537     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3538 
3539   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3540   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3541   // useless.
3542   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3543     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3544       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3545       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3546       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3547     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3548       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3549         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3550   }
3551 
3552   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3553     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3554       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3555   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3556     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3557       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3558     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3559       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3560     // Restrict is covered above.
3561     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3562       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3563   }
3564 
3565   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3566   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3567   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3568   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3569     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3570     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3571         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3572         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3573         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3574         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3575       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3576       while (attrs) {
3577         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3578         << attrs->getName()
3579         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3580             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3581             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3582             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3583         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3584       }
3585     }
3586   }
3587 
3588   return TagD;
3589 }
3590 
3591 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3592 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3593 ///
3594 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3595 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3596                                          Scope *S,
3597                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3598                                          DeclarationName Name,
3599                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3600                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3601   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3602                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3603   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3604 
3605   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3606     return false;
3607 
3608   // Pick a representative declaration.
3609   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3610   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3611 
3612   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3613     return false;
3614 
3615   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3616   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3617 
3618   return true;
3619 }
3620 
3621 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3622 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3623 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3624 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3625 /// struct, e.g.,
3626 ///
3627 /// @code
3628 /// union {
3629 ///   int i;
3630 ///   float f;
3631 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3632 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3633 /// @endcode
3634 ///
3635 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3636 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3637 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3638                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3639                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3640                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3641                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3642                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3643   unsigned diagKind
3644     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3645                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3646 
3647   bool Invalid = false;
3648 
3649   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3650   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3651     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3652         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3653       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3654       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3655                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3656         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3657         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3658         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3659         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3660         Invalid = true;
3661       } else {
3662         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3663         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3664         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3665         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3666         //   anonymous union is declared.
3667         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3668         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3669           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3670             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3671         else
3672           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3673 
3674         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3675         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3676           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3677         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3678           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3679 
3680         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3681           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3682                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3683                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3684 
3685         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3686         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3687         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3688 
3689         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3690         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3691 
3692         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3693       }
3694     }
3695   }
3696 
3697   return Invalid;
3698 }
3699 
3700 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3701 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3702 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3703 static StorageClass
3704 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3705   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3706   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3707          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3708   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3709   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3710   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3711     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3712       return SC_None;
3713     return SC_Extern;
3714   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3715   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3716   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3717   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3718     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3719   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3720   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3721   }
3722   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3723 }
3724 
3725 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3726   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3727 
3728   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3729     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3730     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3731       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3732     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3733       return FD->getLocation();
3734   }
3735 
3736   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3737 }
3738 
3739 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3740                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3741   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3742     return;
3743 
3744   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3745   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3746 }
3747 
3748 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3749                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3750   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3751     return;
3752 
3753   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3754 }
3755 
3756 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3757 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3758 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3759 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3760 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3761                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3762                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3763                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3764   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3765 
3766   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3767   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3768     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3769   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3770     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3771   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3772     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3773 
3774   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3775   // structs/unions.
3776   bool Invalid = false;
3777   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3778     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
3779     unsigned DiagID;
3780     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3781       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3782       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3783       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3784       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3785           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3786            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3787             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3788         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3789           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3790 
3791         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3792         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3793                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3794       }
3795       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3796       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3797       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3798       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3799                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3800         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3801              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3802           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3803 
3804         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3805         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3806                                SourceLocation(),
3807                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3808       }
3809     }
3810 
3811     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3812     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3813       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3814         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3815           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3816           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3817       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3818         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3819              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3820           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3821           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3822       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3823         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3824              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3825           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3826           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3827       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3828         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3829              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3830           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3831           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3832 
3833       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3834     }
3835 
3836     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3837     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3838     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3839     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3840     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3841       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3842         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3843         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3844         //   members (clause 11).
3845         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3846         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3847           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3848             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3849           Invalid = true;
3850         }
3851 
3852         // C++ [class.union]p1
3853         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3854         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3855         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3856         //   array of such objects.
3857         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3858           Invalid = true;
3859       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3860         // Any implicit members are fine.
3861       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3862         // This is a type that showed up in an
3863         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3864         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3865         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3866       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3867         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3868             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3869           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3870           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3871             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3872               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3873           else {
3874             // This is a nested type declaration.
3875             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3876               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3877             Invalid = true;
3878           }
3879         } else {
3880           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3881           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3882           // not part of standard C++.
3883           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3884                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3885             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3886         }
3887       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3888         // Any access specifier is fine.
3889       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
3890         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
3891       } else {
3892         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3893         // member. Complain about it.
3894         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3895         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3896           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3897         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3898           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3899         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3900           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3901 
3902         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3903         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3904             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3905           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3906             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3907         else {
3908           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3909               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3910           Invalid = true;
3911         }
3912       }
3913     }
3914 
3915     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3916     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3917     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3918     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3919         Owner->isRecord())
3920       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3921                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3922   }
3923 
3924   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3925     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3926       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3927     Invalid = true;
3928   }
3929 
3930   // Mock up a declarator.
3931   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3932   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3933   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3934 
3935   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3936   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
3937   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3938     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3939                              DS.getLocStart(),
3940                              Record->getLocation(),
3941                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3942                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3943                              TInfo,
3944                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
3945                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3946     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3947     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3948       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3949   } else {
3950     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3951     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3952     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3953       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3954       // an error here
3955       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3956       Invalid = true;
3957       SC = SC_None;
3958     }
3959 
3960     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3961                            DS.getLocStart(),
3962                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3963                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3964                            TInfo, SC);
3965 
3966     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3967     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3968     // initializer:
3969     //   union { int n = 0; };
3970     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3971   }
3972   Anon->setImplicit();
3973 
3974   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
3975   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3976 
3977   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3978   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3979   // its members.
3980   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3981 
3982   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3983   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3984   // purposes.
3985   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3986   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3987 
3988   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3989                                           Chain, false))
3990     Invalid = true;
3991 
3992   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
3993     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
3994       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3995       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3996               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
3997                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
3998         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3999         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4000       }
4001     }
4002   }
4003 
4004   if (Invalid)
4005     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4006 
4007   return Anon;
4008 }
4009 
4010 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4011 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4012 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4013 /// Example:
4014 ///
4015 /// struct A { int a; };
4016 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4017 ///
4018 /// void foo() {
4019 ///   B var;
4020 ///   var.a = 3;
4021 /// }
4022 ///
4023 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4024                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4025   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4026 
4027   // Mock up a declarator.
4028   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4029   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4030   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4031 
4032   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4033   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4034                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
4035                              DS.getLocStart(),
4036                              DS.getLocStart(),
4037                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4038                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4039                              TInfo,
4040                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4041                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4042   Anon->setImplicit();
4043 
4044   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4045   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4046 
4047   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4048   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4049   // purposes.
4050   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4051   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4052 
4053   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4054   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
4055                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
4056                                                         Chain, true))
4057     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4058 
4059   return Anon;
4060 }
4061 
4062 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4063 /// given Declarator.
4064 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4065   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4066 }
4067 
4068 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4069 DeclarationNameInfo
4070 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4071   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4072   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4073 
4074   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4075 
4076   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4077   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4078     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4079     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4080     return NameInfo;
4081 
4082   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4083     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4084                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4085     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4086     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4087       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4088     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4089       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4090     return NameInfo;
4091 
4092   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4093     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4094                                                            Name.Identifier));
4095     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4096     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4097     return NameInfo;
4098 
4099   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4100     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4101     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4102     if (Ty.isNull())
4103       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4104     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4105                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4106     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4107     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4108     return NameInfo;
4109   }
4110 
4111   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4112     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4113     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4114     if (Ty.isNull())
4115       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4116     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4117                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4118     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4119     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4120     return NameInfo;
4121   }
4122 
4123   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4124     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4125     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4126     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4127     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4128     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4129       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4130 
4131     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4132     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4133 
4134     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4135     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4136     // was qualified.
4137 
4138     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4139                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4140     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4141     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4142     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4143     return NameInfo;
4144   }
4145 
4146   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4147     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4148     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4149     if (Ty.isNull())
4150       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4151     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4152                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4153     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4154     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4155     return NameInfo;
4156   }
4157 
4158   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4159     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4160     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4161     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4162   }
4163 
4164   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4165 
4166   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4167 }
4168 
4169 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4170   do {
4171     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4172       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4173     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4174       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4175     else
4176       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4177   } while (true);
4178 }
4179 
4180 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4181 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4182 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4183 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4184 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4185 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4186 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4187 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4188                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4189                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4190                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4191   Params.clear();
4192   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4193     return false;
4194   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4195     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4196     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4197 
4198     // The parameter types are identical
4199     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4200       continue;
4201 
4202     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4203     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4204     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4205     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4206 
4207     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4208         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4209       Params.push_back(Idx);
4210     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4211       return false;
4212   }
4213 
4214   return true;
4215 }
4216 
4217 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4218 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4219 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4220 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4221 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4222 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4223                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4224   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4225   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4226   //   - types which will become injected class names
4227   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4228   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4229   // few cases here.
4230 
4231   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4232   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4233   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4234   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4235   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4236   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4237     // Grab the type from the parser.
4238     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4239     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4240     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4241 
4242     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4243     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4244     // attached already.
4245     if (!TSI)
4246       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4247 
4248     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4249     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4250     if (!TSI) return true;
4251 
4252     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4253     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4254     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4255     break;
4256   }
4257 
4258   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4259   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4260     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4261     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4262     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4263     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4264     break;
4265   }
4266 
4267   default:
4268     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4269     break;
4270   }
4271 
4272   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4273   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4274     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4275 
4276     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4277     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4278     // pointer.
4279     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4280       continue;
4281 
4282     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4283     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4284     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4285       return true;
4286   }
4287 
4288   return false;
4289 }
4290 
4291 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4292   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4293   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4294 
4295   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4296       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4297     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4298 
4299   return Dcl;
4300 }
4301 
4302 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4303 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4304 ///   name different from T:
4305 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4306 ///     - every member function of class T
4307 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4308 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4309 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4310                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4311   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4312 
4313   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4314     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4315       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4316       return true;
4317     }
4318 
4319   return false;
4320 }
4321 
4322 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4323 /// nested-name-specifier.
4324 ///
4325 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4326 ///
4327 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4328 /// resolves.
4329 ///
4330 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4331 ///
4332 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4333 ///
4334 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4335 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4336                                         DeclarationName Name,
4337                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4338   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4339   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4340     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4341 
4342   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4343   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4344   //
4345   // class X {
4346   //   void X::f();
4347   // };
4348   //
4349   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4350   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4351   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4352     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4353       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4354                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4355         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4356       SS.clear();
4357     } else {
4358       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4359     }
4360     return false;
4361   }
4362 
4363   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4364   // declaration.
4365   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4366     if (Cur->isRecord())
4367       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4368         << Name << SS.getRange();
4369     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4370       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4371         << Name << SS.getRange();
4372     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4373       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4374         << Name << SS.getRange();
4375     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4376       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4377         << Name << SS.getRange();
4378     else
4379       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4380       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4381 
4382     return true;
4383   }
4384 
4385   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4386     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4387     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4388       << Name << SS.getRange();
4389     SS.clear();
4390 
4391     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4392     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4393     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4394     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4395          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4396         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4397                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4398       return true;
4399 
4400     return false;
4401   }
4402 
4403   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4404   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4405   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4406   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4407   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4408     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4409   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4410         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4411     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4412       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4413 
4414   return false;
4415 }
4416 
4417 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4418                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4419   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4420   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4421   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4422 
4423   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4424   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4425   if (!Name) {
4426     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4427       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4428            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4429         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4430     return nullptr;
4431   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4432     return nullptr;
4433 
4434   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4435   // we find one that is.
4436   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4437          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4438     S = S->getParent();
4439 
4440   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4441   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4442     D.setInvalidType();
4443   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4444     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4445                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4446       return nullptr;
4447 
4448     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4449     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4450     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4451       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4452       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4453       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4454       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4455       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4456            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4457         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4458         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4459       return nullptr;
4460     }
4461     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4462 
4463     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4464         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4465       return nullptr;
4466 
4467     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4468       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4469            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4470         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4471       D.setInvalidType();
4472     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4473       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4474                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4475         if (DC->isRecord())
4476           return nullptr;
4477 
4478         D.setInvalidType();
4479       }
4480     }
4481 
4482     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4483     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4484     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4485         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4486       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4487       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4488         D.setInvalidType();
4489     }
4490   }
4491 
4492   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4493     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4494     // Just return early; it's safer.
4495     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4496       return nullptr;
4497 
4498   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4499   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4500 
4501   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4502                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4503     D.setInvalidType();
4504 
4505   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4506                         ForRedeclaration);
4507 
4508   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4509   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4510     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4511     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4512 
4513     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4514     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4515     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4516     //
4517     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4518     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4519     // the same name.
4520     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4521       /* Do nothing*/;
4522     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4523              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4524               R->isFunctionType())) {
4525       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4526       CreateBuiltins =
4527           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4528     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4529                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4530       CreateBuiltins = true;
4531 
4532     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4533       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4534 
4535     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4536   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4537     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4538 
4539     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4540     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4541     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4542     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4543     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4544     //  thereof; [...]
4545     //
4546     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4547     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4548     // we want to match. For example, given:
4549     //
4550     //   class X {
4551     //     void f();
4552     //     void f(float);
4553     //   };
4554     //
4555     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4556     //
4557     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4558     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4559     // matches.
4560 
4561     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4562     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4563     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4564     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4565     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4566   }
4567 
4568   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4569       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4570     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4571     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4572       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4573                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4574 
4575     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4576     Previous.clear();
4577   }
4578 
4579   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4580   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4581   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4582   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4583   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4584       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4585     Previous.clear();
4586 
4587   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4588   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4589   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4590     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4591 
4592   NamedDecl *New;
4593 
4594   bool AddToScope = true;
4595   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4596     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4597       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4598       return nullptr;
4599     }
4600 
4601     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4602   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4603     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4604                                   TemplateParamLists,
4605                                   AddToScope);
4606   } else {
4607     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4608                                   AddToScope);
4609   }
4610 
4611   if (!New)
4612     return nullptr;
4613 
4614   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4615   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4616   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4617        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4618     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4619     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4620     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4621     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4622     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4623     if (!AddToContext)
4624       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4625   }
4626 
4627   return New;
4628 }
4629 
4630 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4631 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4632 /// GCC compatibility).
4633 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4634                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4635                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4636                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4637   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4638   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4639   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4640   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4641   SizeIsNegative = false;
4642   Oversized = 0;
4643 
4644   if (T->isDependentType())
4645     return QualType();
4646 
4647   QualifierCollector Qs;
4648   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4649 
4650   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4651     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4652     QualType FixedType =
4653         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4654                                             Oversized);
4655     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4656     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4657     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4658   }
4659   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4660     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4661     QualType FixedType =
4662         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4663                                             Oversized);
4664     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4665     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4666     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4667   }
4668 
4669   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4670   if (!VLATy)
4671     return QualType();
4672   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4673   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4674     return QualType();
4675 
4676   llvm::APSInt Res;
4677   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4678       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4679     return QualType();
4680 
4681   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4682   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4683     SizeIsNegative = true;
4684     return QualType();
4685   }
4686 
4687   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4688   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4689     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4690                                               Res);
4691   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4692     Oversized = Res;
4693     return QualType();
4694   }
4695 
4696   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4697                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4698 }
4699 
4700 static void
4701 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4702   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4703     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4704     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4705                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4706     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4707     return;
4708   }
4709   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4710     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4711     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4712                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4713     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4714     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4715     return;
4716   }
4717   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4718   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4719   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4720   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4721   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4722   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4723   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4724   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4725 }
4726 
4727 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4728 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4729 /// GCC compatibility).
4730 static TypeSourceInfo*
4731 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4732                                               ASTContext &Context,
4733                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4734                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4735   QualType FixedTy
4736     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4737                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4738   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4739     return nullptr;
4740   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4741   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4742                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4743   return FixedTInfo;
4744 }
4745 
4746 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4747 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4748 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4749 /// function-scope declarations.
4750 void
4751 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4752   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4753       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4754     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4755     return;
4756 
4757   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4758   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4759   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4760   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4761 }
4762 
4763 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4764   if (ExternalSource) {
4765     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4766     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4767     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4768     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4769     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4770       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4771         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4772       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4773         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4774     }
4775   }
4776 
4777   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4778   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr;
4779 }
4780 
4781 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4782 /// does not identify a function.
4783 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4784   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4785   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4786   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4787     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4788          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4789 
4790   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4791     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4792          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4793 
4794   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4795     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4796          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4797 
4798   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4799     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4800          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4801 }
4802 
4803 NamedDecl*
4804 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4805                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4806   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4807   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4808     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4809       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4810     D.setInvalidType();
4811     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4812     DC = CurContext;
4813     Previous.clear();
4814   }
4815 
4816   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4817 
4818   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4819     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4820       << 1;
4821 
4822   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4823     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4824       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4825     return nullptr;
4826   }
4827 
4828   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4829   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
4830 
4831   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4832   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4833 
4834   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4835 
4836   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4837   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4838   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4839   return ND;
4840 }
4841 
4842 void
4843 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4844   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4845   // then it shall have block scope.
4846   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4847   // that redeclarations will match.
4848   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4849   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4850   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4851     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4852 
4853     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
4854       bool SizeIsNegative;
4855       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4856       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4857         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4858                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4859                                                       Oversized);
4860       if (FixedTInfo) {
4861         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4862         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4863       } else {
4864         if (SizeIsNegative)
4865           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4866         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4867           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4868         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4869           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4870             << Oversized.toString(10);
4871         else
4872           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4873         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4874       }
4875     }
4876   }
4877 }
4878 
4879 
4880 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4881 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4882 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4883 NamedDecl*
4884 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4885                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4886   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4887   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4888   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4889                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4890   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4891   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4892     Redeclaration = true;
4893     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4894   }
4895 
4896   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4897   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4898     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4899         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4900       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4901         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4902       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4903         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4904       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4905         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4906       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4907         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4908     }
4909 
4910   return NewTD;
4911 }
4912 
4913 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4914 /// previous declaration.
4915 ///
4916 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4917 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4918 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4919 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4920 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4921 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4922 ///
4923 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4924 /// lookup
4925 ///
4926 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4927 /// declared.
4928 ///
4929 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4930 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4931 static bool
4932 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4933                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4934   if (!PrevDecl)
4935     return false;
4936 
4937   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4938     return false;
4939 
4940   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4941     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4942     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4943     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4944     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4945     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4946     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4947     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4948     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4949       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4950       return false;
4951 
4952     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4953     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4954       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4955       return false;
4956 
4957     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4958     // previous declarations.
4959     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4960     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4961 
4962     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4963     // isn't the same function.
4964     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4965       return false;
4966   }
4967 
4968   return true;
4969 }
4970 
4971 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4972   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4973   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4974   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4975 }
4976 
4977 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4978   QualType type = decl->getType();
4979   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4980   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4981     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4982     unsigned kind = -1U;
4983     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4984       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4985         kind = 0; // __block
4986       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4987         kind = 1; // global
4988     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4989       kind = 3; // ivar
4990     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4991       kind = 2; // field
4992     }
4993 
4994     if (kind != -1U) {
4995       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4996         << kind;
4997     }
4998   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4999     // Try to infer lifetime.
5000     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5001       return false;
5002 
5003     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5004     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5005     decl->setType(type);
5006   }
5007 
5008   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5009     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5010     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5011         var->getTLSKind()) {
5012       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5013         << var->getType();
5014       return true;
5015     }
5016   }
5017 
5018   return false;
5019 }
5020 
5021 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5022   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5023   // the wrong linkage.
5024   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5025 
5026   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5027   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5028     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5029       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5030       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5031     }
5032   }
5033   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5034     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5035       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5036       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5037     }
5038   }
5039 
5040   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
5041   // It does not apply to functions.
5042   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5043     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5044       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5045       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5046     }
5047   }
5048 
5049   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5050   if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
5051     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5052       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5053         << &ND << Attr;
5054       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5055     }
5056   }
5057   if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
5058     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5059       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5060         << &ND << Attr;
5061       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5062     }
5063   }
5064 }
5065 
5066 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5067                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5068                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5069   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5070     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5071   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5072     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5073 
5074   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5075       return;
5076 
5077   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5078   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5079   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5080   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5081 
5082   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5083   // inherited attribute instances.
5084   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5085                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5086 
5087   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5088   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5089   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5090   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5091   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5092   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5093     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration)
5094       << NewDecl
5095       << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5096     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5097     NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5098     return;
5099   }
5100 
5101   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5102   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5103   // and qualified friend declarations.
5104   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5105   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5106   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5107     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5108     // separately.
5109     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5110   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5111     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5112     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5113                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5114   }
5115 
5116   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5117       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5118     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5119            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5120       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5121     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5122     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5123     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5124     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5125   }
5126 }
5127 
5128 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5129 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5130 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5131 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5132   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5133 
5134   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5135   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5136 
5137   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5138   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5139     return false;
5140 
5141   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5142 
5143 #ifndef NDEBUG
5144   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5145   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5146   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5147   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5148   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5149 #endif
5150 
5151   bool isC99Inline =
5152       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5153 
5154 #ifndef NDEBUG
5155   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5156 #endif
5157 
5158   return isC99Inline;
5159 }
5160 
5161 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5162 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5163 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5164 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5165 ///
5166 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5167 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5168 ///
5169 /// For instance:
5170 ///
5171 ///   auto x = []{};
5172 ///
5173 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5174 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5175 ///
5176 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5177 template<typename T>
5178 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5179   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5180     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5181     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5182       return false;
5183   }
5184   return D->isExternC();
5185 }
5186 
5187 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5188   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5189   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5190     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5191   if (DC->isFileContext())
5192     return true;
5193   if (DC->isRecord())
5194     return false;
5195   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5196 }
5197 
5198 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5199   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5200   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5201     return true;
5202   if (DC->isRecord())
5203     return false;
5204   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5205 }
5206 
5207 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5208                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5209   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5210     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5211       return true;
5212   return false;
5213 }
5214 
5215 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5216                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5217   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5218   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5219     return true;
5220 
5221   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5222   // position to the decl itself.
5223   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5224     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5225       return true;
5226   }
5227 
5228   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5229   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5230 }
5231 
5232 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5233 /// function-local external declaration.
5234 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5235   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5236     return false;
5237 
5238   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5239   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5240   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5241   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5242     return true;
5243 
5244   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5245   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5246   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5247   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5248   //
5249   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5250   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5251   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5252     DC = DC->getParent();
5253   return true;
5254 }
5255 
5256 NamedDecl *
5257 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5258                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5259                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5260                               bool &AddToScope) {
5261   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5262   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5263 
5264   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5265   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
5266     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5267 
5268   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5269   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5270   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5271       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5272       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5273     SC = SC_Extern;
5274 
5275   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5276   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5277                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5278 
5279   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5280     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5281     QualType NR = R;
5282     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5283       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5284         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5285         D.setInvalidType();
5286         break;
5287       }
5288       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5289     }
5290 
5291     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5292       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5293       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5294       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5295         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5296         D.setInvalidType();
5297       }
5298     }
5299   }
5300 
5301   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5302     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5303     // an error here
5304     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5305     D.setInvalidType();
5306     SC = SC_None;
5307   }
5308 
5309   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5310       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5311                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5312     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5313     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5314     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5315     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5316          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5317       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5318   }
5319 
5320   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5321   if (!II) {
5322     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5323       << Name;
5324     return nullptr;
5325   }
5326 
5327   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5328 
5329   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5330     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5331     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5332     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5333     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5334       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5335       D.setInvalidType();
5336     }
5337   }
5338 
5339   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5340     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5341     // OpenCL __local address space.
5342     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5343       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5344     }
5345 
5346     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5347     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5348     // space qualifiers.
5349     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5350       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5351       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5352     }
5353 
5354     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5355     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5356     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5357     // address space qualifiers.
5358     if (R->isEventT()) {
5359       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5360         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5361         D.setInvalidType();
5362       }
5363 
5364       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5365         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5366         D.setInvalidType();
5367       }
5368     }
5369   }
5370 
5371   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5372   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5373   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5374   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5375   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5376   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5377   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5378   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5379     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5380                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5381                             R, TInfo, SC);
5382 
5383     if (D.isInvalidType())
5384       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5385   } else {
5386     bool Invalid = false;
5387 
5388     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5389       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5390       switch (SC) {
5391       case SC_None:
5392         break;
5393       case SC_Static:
5394         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5395              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5396           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5397         break;
5398       case SC_Auto:
5399       case SC_Register:
5400       case SC_Extern:
5401         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5402         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5403         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5404         // of class members
5405 
5406         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5407              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5408           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5409         break;
5410       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5411         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5412       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5413         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5414       }
5415     }
5416 
5417     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5418       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5419         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5420           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5421                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5422             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5423 
5424         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5425         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5426         if (RD->isUnion())
5427           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5428                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5429                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5430                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5431         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5432         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5433           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5434                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5435             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5436       }
5437     }
5438 
5439     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5440     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5441     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5442         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5443         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5444         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5445             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5446             : nullptr,
5447         TemplateParamLists,
5448         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5449 
5450     if (TemplateParams) {
5451       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5452           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5453         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5454         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5455         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5456              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5457           << II
5458           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5459                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5460         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5461       } else {
5462         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5463           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5464           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5465           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5466           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5467         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5468           // This is a template declaration.
5469           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5470 
5471           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5472           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5473             return nullptr;
5474 
5475           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5476           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5477                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5478                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5479                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5480         }
5481       }
5482     } else {
5483       assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5484              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5485     }
5486 
5487     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5488       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5489           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5490               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5491               : SourceLocation();
5492       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5493           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5494           IsPartialSpecialization);
5495       if (Res.isInvalid())
5496         return nullptr;
5497       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5498       AddToScope = false;
5499     } else
5500       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5501                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5502 
5503     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5504     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5505       NewTemplate =
5506           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5507                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5508       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5509     }
5510 
5511     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5512     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5513     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5514       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5515 
5516     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5517       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5518       if (NewTemplate)
5519         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5520     }
5521 
5522     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5523 
5524     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5525     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5526     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5527     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5528       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5529           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5530           TemplateParamLists.data());
5531 
5532     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5533       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5534   }
5535 
5536   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5537   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5538   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5539   if (NewTemplate)
5540     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5541 
5542   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5543     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5544 
5545   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5546     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5547       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5548       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5549       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5550       //   explicitly.
5551       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5552       //   'extern'.
5553       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5554           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5555           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5556         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5557       else
5558         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5559              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5560           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5561     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5562       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5563            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5564     else
5565       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5566   }
5567 
5568   // C99 6.7.4p3
5569   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5570   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5571   //   thread storage duration...
5572   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5573   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5574   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5575   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5576   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5577   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5578       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5579     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5580     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5581       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5582            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5583       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5584     }
5585   }
5586 
5587   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5588     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5589       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5590           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5591           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5592                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5593     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5594       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5595         << 2
5596         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5597     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5598       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5599         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5600         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5601         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5602     else {
5603       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5604       if (NewTemplate)
5605         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5606     }
5607   }
5608 
5609   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5610   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5611 
5612   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5613     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5614     // storage [duration]."
5615     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5616         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5617          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5618       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5619     }
5620   }
5621 
5622   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5623   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5624   // check the VarDecl itself.
5625   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5626          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5627          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5628 
5629   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5630   // retainable type.
5631   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5632     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5633 
5634   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5635   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5636     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5637     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5638     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5639     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5640       switch (SC) {
5641       case SC_None:
5642       case SC_Auto:
5643         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5644         break;
5645       case SC_Register:
5646         // Local Named register
5647         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5648           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5649         break;
5650       case SC_Static:
5651       case SC_Extern:
5652       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5653       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5654         break;
5655       }
5656     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5657       // Global Named register
5658       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5659         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5660       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5661         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5662         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5663       }
5664     }
5665 
5666     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5667                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5668   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5669     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5670       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5671     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5672       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5673       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5674     }
5675   }
5676 
5677   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5678   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5679     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5680 
5681   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5682   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5683   // declaration has linkage).
5684   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5685                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5686                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5687                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5688 
5689   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5690   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5691   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5692       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5693     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5694         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5695         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5696 
5697   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5698     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5699   } else {
5700     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5701     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5702         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5703       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5704 
5705     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5706     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5707       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5708           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5709           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5710         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5711         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5712         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5713           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5714         Previous.clear();
5715         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5716       }
5717     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5718       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5719       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5720         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5721         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5722       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5723     }
5724 
5725     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5726       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5727 
5728     if (NewTemplate) {
5729       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5730           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5731               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5732               : nullptr;
5733 
5734       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5735       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5736       // template declaration.
5737       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5738               TemplateParams,
5739               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5740                               : nullptr,
5741               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5742                DC->isDependentContext())
5743                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5744                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5745         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5746 
5747       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5748       // template, make a note of that.
5749       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5750           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5751         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5752     }
5753   }
5754 
5755   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5756 
5757   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5758   // the map of such variables.
5759   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5760       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5761     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5762 
5763   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5764     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5765     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5766             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5767                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5768       Context.setManglingNumber(
5769           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5770       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5771     }
5772   }
5773 
5774   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5775     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5776         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5777         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5778   }
5779 
5780   if (NewTemplate) {
5781     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5782       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5783     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5784     return NewTemplate;
5785   }
5786 
5787   return NewVD;
5788 }
5789 
5790 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5791 /// -Wshadow.
5792 ///
5793 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5794 /// scope.
5795 ///
5796 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5797 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5798 ///
5799 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5800   // Return if warning is ignored.
5801   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
5802     return;
5803 
5804   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5805   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5806     return;
5807 
5808   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5809 
5810   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5811   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5812     return;
5813 
5814   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5815   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5816     return;
5817 
5818   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5819   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5820     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5821       if (MD->isStatic())
5822         return;
5823 
5824   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5825     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5826       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5827       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5828       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5829         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5830           ShadowedDecl = I;
5831           break;
5832         }
5833     }
5834 
5835   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5836 
5837   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5838   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5839     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5840     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5841       return;
5842 
5843     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5844     // static data members from base classes?
5845 
5846     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5847     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5848     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5849   }
5850 
5851   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5852   unsigned Kind;
5853   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5854     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5855       Kind = 3; // field
5856     else
5857       Kind = 2; // static data member
5858   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5859     Kind = 1; // global
5860   else
5861     Kind = 0; // local
5862 
5863   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5864 
5865   // Emit warning and note.
5866   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5867     return;
5868   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5869   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5870 }
5871 
5872 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5873 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5874   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
5875     return;
5876 
5877   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5878                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5879   LookupName(R, S);
5880   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5881 }
5882 
5883 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5884 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5885 template<typename T>
5886 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5887     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5888   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5889   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5890 
5891   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5892     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5893     // declaration.
5894     return false;
5895   }
5896 
5897   if (Prev) {
5898     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5899       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5900       // redeclaration.
5901       Previous.clear();
5902       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5903       return true;
5904     }
5905 
5906     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5907     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5908     // declaration.
5909     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5910       return false;
5911   } else {
5912     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5913     // translation unit which might conflict.
5914     if (IsGlobal) {
5915       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5916       IsGlobal = false;
5917       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5918            I != E; ++I) {
5919         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5920           Prev = *I;
5921           break;
5922         }
5923       }
5924     } else {
5925       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5926           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5927       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5928            I != E; ++I) {
5929         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5930           Prev = *I;
5931           break;
5932         }
5933         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5934         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5935         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5936         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5937         // diagnostic.
5938       }
5939     }
5940 
5941     if (!Prev)
5942       return false;
5943   }
5944 
5945   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5946   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5947   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5948   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5949     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5950   else
5951     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5952 
5953   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5954     << IsGlobal << ND;
5955   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5956     << IsGlobal;
5957   return false;
5958 }
5959 
5960 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5961 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5962 ///
5963 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5964 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5965 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5966 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5967 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5968 template<typename T>
5969 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5970                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5971   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5972     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5973     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5974     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5975     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5976       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5977         Previous.clear();
5978         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5979         return true;
5980       }
5981     }
5982     return false;
5983   }
5984 
5985   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5986   // declaration.
5987   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5988     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5989 
5990   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5991   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5992   // in another scope.
5993   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5994     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5995 
5996   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5997   return false;
5998 }
5999 
6000 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6001   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6002   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6003     return;
6004 
6005   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6006   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6007 
6008   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6009   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6010     return;
6011 
6012   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6013     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6014 
6015   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6016     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6017       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6018     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6019     NewVD->setType(T);
6020   }
6021 
6022   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6023   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6024   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6025   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6026   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6027     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6028     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6029     return;
6030   }
6031 
6032   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6033   // __constant address space.
6034   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6035       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6036       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6037     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6038     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6039     return;
6040   }
6041 
6042   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6043   // scope.
6044   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6045       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6046     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6047     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6048     return;
6049   }
6050 
6051   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6052       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6053     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6054       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6055     else {
6056       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6057       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6058     }
6059   }
6060 
6061   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6062   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6063       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6064     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6065 
6066   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6067       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6068     bool SizeIsNegative;
6069     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6070     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6071       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6072                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6073     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6074       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6075       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6076       // int a[10][n];
6077       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6078 
6079       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6080         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6081         << SizeRange;
6082       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6083         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6084         << SizeRange;
6085       else
6086         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6087         << SizeRange;
6088       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6089       return;
6090     }
6091 
6092     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6093       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6094         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6095       else
6096         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6097       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6098       return;
6099     }
6100 
6101     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6102     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6103     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6104   }
6105 
6106   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6107     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6108     //                    of objects and functions.
6109     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6110       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6111         << T;
6112       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6113       return;
6114     }
6115   }
6116 
6117   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6118     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6119     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6120     return;
6121   }
6122 
6123   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6124     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6125     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6126     return;
6127   }
6128 
6129   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6130       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6131                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6132     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6133     return;
6134   }
6135 }
6136 
6137 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6138 /// declaration.
6139 ///
6140 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6141 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6142 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6143 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6144 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6145 ///
6146 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6147 ///
6148 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6149 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6150   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6151 
6152   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6153   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6154     return false;
6155 
6156   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6157   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6158   if (Previous.empty() &&
6159       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6160     Previous.setShadowed();
6161 
6162   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6163   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
6164 
6165   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6166     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6167     return true;
6168   }
6169   return false;
6170 }
6171 
6172 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6173 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6174   Sema *S;
6175   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6176 };
6177 
6178 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6179 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6180 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6181 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6182                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6183                                  void *UserData) {
6184   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6185 
6186   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6187     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6188 
6189   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6190 
6191   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6192   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6193     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6194     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6195     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6196 
6197     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6198   }
6199 
6200   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6201        !Path.Decls.empty();
6202        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6203     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6204     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6205       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6206         return true;
6207     }
6208   }
6209 
6210   return false;
6211 }
6212 
6213 namespace {
6214   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6215 }
6216 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6217 /// overriden methods.
6218 ///
6219 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6220 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6221 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6222 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6223                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6224   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6225   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6226                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6227        I != E; ++I) {
6228     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6229     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6230     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6231     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6232         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6233         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6234       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6235   }
6236 }
6237 
6238 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6239 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6240 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6241   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
6242   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6243   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6244   Data.Method = MD;
6245   Data.S = this;
6246   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6247   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6248   bool AddedAny = false;
6249   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6250     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6251       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6252         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6253         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6254             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6255             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6256             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6257           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6258           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6259           AddedAny = true;
6260         }
6261       }
6262     }
6263   }
6264 
6265   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6266     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6267   }
6268   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6269     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6270   }
6271 
6272   return AddedAny;
6273 }
6274 
6275 namespace {
6276   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6277   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6278   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6279     Scope *S;
6280     Declarator &D;
6281     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6282     bool AddToScope;
6283   };
6284 }
6285 
6286 namespace {
6287 
6288 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6289 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6290 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6291  public:
6292   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6293                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6294       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6295         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6296 
6297   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6298     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6299       return false;
6300 
6301     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6302     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6303                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6304          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6305       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6306 
6307       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6308           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6309         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6310           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6311           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6312             return true;
6313         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6314           return true;
6315         }
6316       }
6317     }
6318 
6319     return false;
6320   }
6321 
6322  private:
6323   ASTContext &Context;
6324   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6325   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6326 };
6327 
6328 }
6329 
6330 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6331 ///
6332 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6333 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6334 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6335 /// the same name.
6336 ///
6337 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6338 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6339 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6340     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6341     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6342   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6343   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6344   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6345   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6346   TypoCorrection Correction;
6347   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6348   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6349                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6350   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6351                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6352                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6353                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6354 
6355   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6356   if (IsLocalFriend)
6357     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6358   else
6359     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6360   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6361          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6362   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6363   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6364                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
6365   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6366     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6367          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6368       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6369       if (FD &&
6370           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6371         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6372         // involve a parameter
6373         unsigned ParamNum =
6374             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6375         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6376       }
6377     }
6378   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6379   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6380                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6381                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6382                  Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6383     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6384     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6385                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6386     Previous.clear();
6387     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6388     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6389                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6390          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6391       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6392       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6393           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6394         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6395       }
6396     }
6397     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6398 
6399     NamedDecl *Result;
6400     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6401     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6402     {
6403       // Trap errors.
6404       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6405 
6406       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6407       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6408       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6409       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6410           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6411           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6412           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6413           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6414 
6415       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6416         Result = nullptr;
6417     }
6418 
6419     if (Result) {
6420       // Determine which correction we picked.
6421       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6422       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6423            I != E; ++I)
6424         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6425           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6426 
6427       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6428           Correction,
6429           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6430                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6431                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6432             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6433       return Result;
6434     }
6435 
6436     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6437     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6438                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6439     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6440     Previous.clear();
6441     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6442   }
6443 
6444   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6445       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6446 
6447   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6448   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6449     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6450 
6451   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6452        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6453        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6454     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6455     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6456     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6457     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6458 
6459     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6460     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6461       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6462       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6463       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6464       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6465                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6466         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6467         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6468     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6469       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6470           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6471     } else
6472       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6473                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6474                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6475   }
6476   return nullptr;
6477 }
6478 
6479 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6480                                                           Declarator &D) {
6481   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6482   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6483   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6484   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6485   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6486     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6487                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6488     D.setInvalidType();
6489     break;
6490   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6491   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6492     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6493       return SC_None;
6494     return SC_Extern;
6495   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6496     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6497       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6498       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6499       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6500       //   other than extern
6501       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6502       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6503                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6504       break;
6505     } else
6506       return SC_Static;
6507   }
6508   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6509   }
6510 
6511   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6512   return SC_None;
6513 }
6514 
6515 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6516                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6517                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6518                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6519                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6520   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6521   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6522 
6523   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6524   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6525 
6526   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6527     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6528     // prototype. This true when:
6529     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6530     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6531     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6532     bool HasPrototype =
6533       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6534       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6535 
6536     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6537                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6538                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6539                                  HasPrototype, false);
6540     if (D.isInvalidType())
6541       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6542 
6543     // Set the lexical context.
6544     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6545 
6546     return NewFD;
6547   }
6548 
6549   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6550   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6551 
6552   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6553   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6554   // the class has been completely parsed.
6555   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6556       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6557           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6558           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6559     D.setInvalidType();
6560 
6561   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6562     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6563     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6564            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6565 
6566     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6567     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6568                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6569                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6570                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6571                                       isConstexpr);
6572 
6573   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6574     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6575     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6576       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6577       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6578       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6579                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6580                                         D.getLocStart(),
6581                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6582                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6583 
6584       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6585       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6586       // it yet.
6587       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6588           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6589           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6590         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6591       }
6592 
6593       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6594       return NewDD;
6595 
6596     } else {
6597       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6598       D.setInvalidType();
6599 
6600       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6601       // code path.
6602       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6603                                   D.getLocStart(),
6604                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6605                                   SC, isInline,
6606                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6607     }
6608 
6609   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6610     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6611       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6612            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6613       return nullptr;
6614     }
6615 
6616     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6617     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6618     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6619                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6620                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6621                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6622 
6623   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6624     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6625     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6626     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6627     // constructor if it has no return type).
6628     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6629         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6630       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6631         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6632         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6633       return nullptr;
6634     }
6635 
6636     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6637     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6638                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6639                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6640                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6641                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6642     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6643     return Ret;
6644   } else {
6645     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6646     // prototype. This true when:
6647     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6648     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6649                                 D.getLocStart(),
6650                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6651                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6652   }
6653 }
6654 
6655 enum OpenCLParamType {
6656   ValidKernelParam,
6657   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6658   PtrKernelParam,
6659   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6660   InvalidKernelParam,
6661   RecordKernelParam
6662 };
6663 
6664 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6665   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6666     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6667     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6668       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6669     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6670                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6671   }
6672 
6673   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6674   // be used as builtin types.
6675 
6676   if (PT->isImageType())
6677     return PtrKernelParam;
6678 
6679   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6680     return InvalidKernelParam;
6681 
6682   if (PT->isEventT())
6683     return InvalidKernelParam;
6684 
6685   if (PT->isHalfType())
6686     return InvalidKernelParam;
6687 
6688   if (PT->isRecordType())
6689     return RecordKernelParam;
6690 
6691   return ValidKernelParam;
6692 }
6693 
6694 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6695   Sema &S,
6696   Declarator &D,
6697   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6698   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
6699   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6700 
6701   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6702   // used again
6703   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6704     return;
6705 
6706   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6707   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6708     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6709     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6710     // pointer to a pointer type.
6711     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6712     D.setInvalidType();
6713     return;
6714 
6715   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6716     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6717     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6718     // pointer to the private address space.
6719     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6720     D.setInvalidType();
6721     return;
6722 
6723     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6724     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6725     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6726     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6727     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6728 
6729   case InvalidKernelParam:
6730     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6731     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6732     // of event_t type.
6733     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6734     D.setInvalidType();
6735     return;
6736 
6737   case PtrKernelParam:
6738   case ValidKernelParam:
6739     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6740     return;
6741 
6742   case RecordKernelParam:
6743     break;
6744   }
6745 
6746   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6747   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6748 
6749   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6750   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6751   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6752   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
6753 
6754   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6755   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6756 
6757   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6758 
6759   do {
6760     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6761     if (!Next) {
6762       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6763       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6764       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6765         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6766 
6767       continue;
6768     }
6769 
6770     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6771     // field itself) to the history stack.
6772     const RecordDecl *RD;
6773     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6774       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6775       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6776     } else {
6777       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6778     }
6779 
6780     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6781     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
6782 
6783     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6784       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6785 
6786       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6787         continue;
6788 
6789       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6790       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6791         continue;
6792 
6793       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6794         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6795         continue;
6796       }
6797 
6798       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6799       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6800       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6801       // union.
6802       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6803           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6804         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6805                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6806           << PT->isUnionType()
6807           << PT;
6808       } else {
6809         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6810       }
6811 
6812       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6813         << PD->getDeclName();
6814 
6815       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6816       // the offending field came from
6817       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6818              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6819         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6820         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6821           << OuterField->getType();
6822       }
6823 
6824       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6825         << QT->isPointerType()
6826         << QT;
6827       D.setInvalidType();
6828       return;
6829     }
6830   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6831 }
6832 
6833 NamedDecl*
6834 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6835                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6836                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6837                               bool &AddToScope) {
6838   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6839 
6840   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6841 
6842   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6843   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6844   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6845   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6846 
6847   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6848     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6849          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6850       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6851 
6852   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6853     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6854 
6855   bool isFriend = false;
6856   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
6857   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6858   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6859 
6860   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6861   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6862   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6863 
6864   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6865 
6866   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6867   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6868 
6869   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6870                                               isVirtualOkay);
6871   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
6872 
6873   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6874     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6875 
6876   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6877   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6878   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6879   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6880 
6881   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6882     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6883 
6884   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6885     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6886     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6887     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6888     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6889     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6890     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6891       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6892       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6893       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6894       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6895     }
6896 
6897     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6898     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6899     // return true).
6900     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6901           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6902       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6903         NewFD->setPure(true);
6904     }
6905 
6906     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6907     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6908     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6909     if (D.isInvalidType())
6910       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6911 
6912     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6913     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6914     bool Invalid = false;
6915     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6916             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6917                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6918                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6919                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6920                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
6921                     : nullptr,
6922                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
6923                 Invalid)) {
6924       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6925         // This is a function template
6926 
6927         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6928         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6929           return nullptr;
6930 
6931         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6932         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6933           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6934           return nullptr;
6935         }
6936 
6937         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6938         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6939         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6940         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6941           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6942           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6943             Invalid = true;
6944         }
6945 
6946 
6947         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6948                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6949                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6950                                                         NewFD);
6951         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6952         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6953 
6954         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6955         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6956           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6957                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6958                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6959         }
6960       } else {
6961         // This is a function template specialization.
6962         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6963         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6964         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6965           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6966                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
6967                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6968 
6969         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6970         if (isFriend) {
6971           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6972           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6973 
6974           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6975           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6976           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6977           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6978           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6979           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6980           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6981             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6982             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6983           }
6984 
6985           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6986             << Name << RemoveRange
6987             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6988             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6989         }
6990       }
6991     }
6992     else {
6993       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6994       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6995       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6996         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6997         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6998                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6999                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
7000     }
7001 
7002     if (Invalid) {
7003       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7004       if (FunctionTemplate)
7005         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7006     }
7007 
7008     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7009     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7010     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7011     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7012     //
7013     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7014       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7015         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7016              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7017       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7018         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7019         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7020              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7021           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7022       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7023         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7024         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7025         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7026              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7027           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7028       } else {
7029         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7030         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7031       }
7032 
7033       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7034           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7035         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7036     }
7037 
7038     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7039         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7040          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7041         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7042       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7043       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7044       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7045       // thing to do.
7046       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7047       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7048       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7049           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7050       QualType Result =
7051           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7052       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7053                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7054     }
7055 
7056     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7057     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7058     //  declaration.
7059     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7060       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7061         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7062         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7063              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7064           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7065       }
7066     }
7067 
7068     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7069     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7070     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7071     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7072     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7073       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7074         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7075         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7076              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7077           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7078       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7079                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7080         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7081         // or conversion function.
7082         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7083              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7084           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7085       }
7086     }
7087 
7088     if (isConstexpr) {
7089       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7090       // are implicitly inline.
7091       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7092 
7093       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7094       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7095       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7096       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7097         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7098     }
7099 
7100     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7101     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7102       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7103         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7104           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7105         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7106           << 0
7107           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7108       } else {
7109         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7110         if (FunctionTemplate)
7111           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7112       }
7113     }
7114 
7115     if (isFriend) {
7116       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7117         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7118         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7119       }
7120       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7121       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7122     }
7123 
7124     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7125     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7126     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7127     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7128       case FDK_Declaration:
7129       case FDK_Definition:
7130         break;
7131 
7132       case FDK_Defaulted:
7133         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7134         break;
7135 
7136       case FDK_Deleted:
7137         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7138         break;
7139     }
7140 
7141     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7142         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7143       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7144       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7145       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7146       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7147     }
7148 
7149     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7150         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7151       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7152       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7153       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7154       //   the class.
7155 
7156       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7157       // member function definition.
7158       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7159            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7160         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7161     }
7162 
7163     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7164     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7165     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7166     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7167     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7168          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7169         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7170       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7171           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7172           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7173   }
7174 
7175   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7176   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7177                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7178                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7179                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7180 
7181   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7182   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7183     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7184     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7185     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7186                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7187   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7188     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7189       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7190     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7191       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7192       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7193     }
7194   }
7195 
7196   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7197   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7198   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7199   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7200     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7201 
7202     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7203     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7204     // single void argument.
7205     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7206     // already checks for that case.
7207     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7208       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7209         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7210         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7211         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7212         Params.push_back(Param);
7213 
7214         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7215           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7216       }
7217     }
7218 
7219   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7220     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7221     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7222     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7223     //
7224     // @code
7225     // typedef void fn(int);
7226     // fn f;
7227     // @endcode
7228 
7229     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7230     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7231       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7232           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7233       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7234       Params.push_back(Param);
7235     }
7236   } else {
7237     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7238            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7239   }
7240 
7241   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7242   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7243 
7244   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7245   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7246   //
7247   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7248   //
7249   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7250   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7251   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7252 
7253   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7254     NewFD->addAttr(
7255         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7256                                        Context, 0));
7257 
7258   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7259   // because all functions have linkage.
7260   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7261       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7262     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7263     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7264   }
7265 
7266   if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue &&
7267       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7268     NewFD->addAttr(
7269         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7270                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7271                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7272     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7273                      PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD))
7274       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7275   }
7276 
7277   // Handle attributes.
7278   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7279 
7280   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
7281   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
7282       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
7283   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
7284       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
7285     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7286     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
7287     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7288     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7289     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7290       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7291   }
7292 
7293   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7294     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7295     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7296     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7297     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7298         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7299         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7300       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7301            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7302       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7303     }
7304   }
7305 
7306   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7307     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7308     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7309     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7310       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7311 
7312     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7313       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7314 
7315     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7316       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7317                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7318     else if (!Previous.empty())
7319       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7320       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7321     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7322             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7323            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7324   } else {
7325     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7326     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7327     //
7328     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7329     //
7330     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7331     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7332     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7333         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7334         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7335       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7336            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7337         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7338 
7339     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7340     // argument list into our AST format.
7341     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7342       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7343       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7344       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7345       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7346                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7347       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7348                                  TemplateArgs);
7349 
7350       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7351 
7352       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7353         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7354       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7355         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7356         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7357           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7358 
7359         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7360       } else {
7361         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7362                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7363                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7364         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7365         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7366       }
7367     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7368       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7369       // wrote something like:
7370       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7371       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7372       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7373       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7374       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7375       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7376       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7377     }
7378 
7379     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7380     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7381     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7382     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7383     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7384     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7385         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7386          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7387             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7388             InstantiationDependent))) {
7389       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7390              "friend function specialization without template args");
7391       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7392                                                        Previous))
7393         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7394     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7395       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7396           && !isFriend) {
7397         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7398         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7399           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7400           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7401           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7402       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7403                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7404                                                            : nullptr),
7405                                                      Previous))
7406         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7407 
7408       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7409       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7410       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7411       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7412           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7413       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7414         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7415           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7416                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7417             << SC
7418             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7419                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7420 
7421         else
7422           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7423                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7424             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7425                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7426       }
7427 
7428     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7429       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7430           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7431     }
7432 
7433     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7434     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7435       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7436         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7437 
7438       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7439         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7440 
7441       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7442         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7443                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7444     }
7445 
7446     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7447             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7448            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7449 
7450     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7451                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7452                                 : NewFD);
7453 
7454     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7455       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7456       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7457         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7458 
7459       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7460       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7461     }
7462 
7463     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7464         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7465       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7466 
7467     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7468     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7469     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7470       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7471                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7472       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7473                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7474                                     : nullptr,
7475                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7476                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7477                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7478                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7479                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7480                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7481                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7482                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7483                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7484     }
7485 
7486     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7487       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7488     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7489       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7490                                        AddToScope };
7491       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7492       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7493         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7494 
7495       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7496       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7497         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7498         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7499 
7500         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7501         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7502         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7503         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7504         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7505         // can actually do this check immediately.
7506         if (isFriend &&
7507             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7508              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7509              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7510           // ignore these
7511         } else {
7512           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7513           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7514           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7515           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7516           //
7517           // class X {
7518           //   void f() const;
7519           // };
7520           //
7521           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7522           //
7523           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7524           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7525           // whether the parameter types are references).
7526 
7527           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7528                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7529             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7530             return Result;
7531           }
7532         }
7533 
7534         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7535         // to something.
7536       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7537         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7538                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7539           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7540           return Result;
7541         }
7542       }
7543 
7544     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7545                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7546                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7547                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7548       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7549       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7550       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7551       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7552       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7553       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7554       // generate them.
7555       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7556         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7557     }
7558   }
7559 
7560   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7561   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7562 
7563   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7564 
7565   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7566       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7567     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7568          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7569       << NewFD;
7570 
7571     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7572     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7573     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7574         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7575     EPI.Variadic = true;
7576     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7577 
7578     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7579     NewFD->setType(R);
7580   }
7581 
7582   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7583   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7584   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7585     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7586 
7587   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7588   // marking the function.
7589   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7590 
7591   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7592   // a pragma.
7593   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7594     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7595 
7596   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7597   // the map of such variables.
7598   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7599       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7600     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7601 
7602   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7603   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7604 
7605   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7606     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7607         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7608         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7609   }
7610 
7611   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7612     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7613       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7614         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7615       return FunctionTemplate;
7616     }
7617   }
7618 
7619   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7620     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7621     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7622         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7623       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7624       D.setInvalidType();
7625     }
7626 
7627     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7628     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7629       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7630       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
7631           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
7632                                 : FixItHint());
7633       D.setInvalidType();
7634     }
7635 
7636     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7637     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7638       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7639   }
7640 
7641   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7642 
7643   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7644     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7645       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7646           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7647         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7648           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7649             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7650 
7651           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7652         }
7653       }
7654 
7655   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7656   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7657   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7658   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7659     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7660                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7661                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7662                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7663                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7664     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7665     AddToScope = false;
7666   }
7667 
7668   return NewFD;
7669 }
7670 
7671 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7672 ///
7673 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7674 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7675 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7676 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7677 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7678 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7679 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7680 ///
7681 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7682 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7683 ///
7684 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7685 ///
7686 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7687 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7688                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7689                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7690   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7691          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7692 
7693   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7694   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7695   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7696   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7697                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7698 
7699   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7700   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7701 
7702   bool Redeclaration = false;
7703   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
7704 
7705   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7706   // the same name, if appropriate.
7707   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7708     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7709     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7710     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7711     // function to the scope.
7712     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7713       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7714       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7715         Redeclaration = true;
7716         OldDecl = Candidate;
7717       }
7718     } else {
7719       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7720                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7721       case Ovl_Match:
7722         Redeclaration = true;
7723         break;
7724 
7725       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7726         Redeclaration = true;
7727         break;
7728 
7729       case Ovl_Overload:
7730         Redeclaration = false;
7731         break;
7732       }
7733 
7734       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7735         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7736         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7737         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7738           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7739         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
7740         if (Redeclaration)
7741           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7742         else if (!Previous.empty())
7743           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7744         if (OverloadedDecl)
7745           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7746                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7747         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7748       }
7749     }
7750   }
7751 
7752   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7753   if (!Redeclaration &&
7754       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7755     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7756     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7757       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7758       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7759       Redeclaration = true;
7760       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7761       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7762 
7763       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7764       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7765         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7766           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7767             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7768           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7769                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7770           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7771         }
7772         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7773           Redeclaration = false;
7774           OldDecl = nullptr;
7775         }
7776       }
7777     }
7778   }
7779 
7780   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7781   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7782   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7783   //
7784   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7785   // definition of a static member function.
7786   //
7787   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7788   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7789   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7790   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7791       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7792       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7793     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
7794     if (OldDecl)
7795       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7796     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7797       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7798         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7799       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7800       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7801       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7802                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7803 
7804       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7805       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7806       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7807         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7808         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7809                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7810           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7811 
7812         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7813           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7814       }
7815     }
7816   }
7817 
7818   if (Redeclaration) {
7819     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7820     // merged.
7821     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7822       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7823       return Redeclaration;
7824     }
7825 
7826     Previous.clear();
7827     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7828 
7829     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7830                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7831       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7832       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7833         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7834       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7835       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7836             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7837         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7838         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7839       }
7840 
7841       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7842       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7843       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7844           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7845         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7846         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7847       }
7848 
7849     } else {
7850       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7851       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7852 
7853       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7854         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7855         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7856         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7857         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7858 
7859         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7860         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7861         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7862 
7863         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7864         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7865             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7866           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7867           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7868           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7869           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7870           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7871             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7872           }
7873         }
7874       }
7875     }
7876   }
7877 
7878   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7879 
7880   // Diagnose the use of X86 fastcall on unprototyped functions.
7881   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
7882   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
7883   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewType)) {
7884     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
7885     if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_X86FastCall)
7886       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_knr)
7887           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC_X86FastCall);
7888     // TODO: Also diagnose unprototyped stdcall functions?
7889   }
7890 
7891   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7892     // C++-specific checks.
7893     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7894       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7895     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7896                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7897       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7898       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7899 
7900       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7901       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7902       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7903         DeclarationName Name
7904           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7905                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7906         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7907           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7908           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7909           return Redeclaration;
7910         }
7911       }
7912     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7913                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7914       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7915     }
7916 
7917     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7918     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7919       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7920           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7921           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7922         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7923           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7924           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7925             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7926           }
7927         }
7928       }
7929 
7930       if (Method->isStatic())
7931         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7932     }
7933 
7934     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7935     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7936         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7937       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7938       return Redeclaration;
7939     }
7940 
7941     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7942     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7943         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7944       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7945       return Redeclaration;
7946     }
7947 
7948     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7949     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7950     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7951     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7952       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7953 
7954     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7955     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7956     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7957       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7958       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7959       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7960       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7961         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7962         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7963         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7964       }
7965     }
7966 
7967     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7968     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7969     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7970     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7971     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7972       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
7973       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7974         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7975             << NewFD << R;
7976       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7977                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7978         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7979     }
7980   }
7981   return Redeclaration;
7982 }
7983 
7984 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7985   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
7986   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
7987   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
7988   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7989   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7990   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7991   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7992   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7993     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7994          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7995       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7996   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7997     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7998       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7999   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8000     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8001     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8002     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8003     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8004       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8005   }
8006   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8007     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8008       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8009     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8010   }
8011 
8012   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8013     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8014         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8015     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8016     return;
8017   }
8018 
8019   QualType T = FD->getType();
8020   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8021   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8022 
8023   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8024     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8025     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8026     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8027 
8028     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8029     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8030       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8031     else {
8032       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8033       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8034       if (RTRange.isValid())
8035         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8036             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8037     }
8038   } else {
8039     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8040     // set the flag which tells us that.
8041     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8042 
8043     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8044     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8045       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8046     else {
8047       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8048       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8049       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8050           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8051                                 : FixItHint());
8052       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8053     }
8054   }
8055 
8056   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8057   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8058 
8059   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8060   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8061   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8062 
8063   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8064 
8065   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8066   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8067   // getting shifty.
8068   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8069     HasExtraParameters = false;
8070 
8071   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8072     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8073     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8074     nparams = 3;
8075   }
8076 
8077   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8078   // if we had some location information about types.
8079 
8080   QualType CharPP =
8081     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8082   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8083 
8084   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8085     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8086 
8087     bool mismatch = true;
8088 
8089     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8090       mismatch = false;
8091     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8092       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8093       //   char const **
8094       //   char const * const *
8095       //   char * const *
8096 
8097       QualifierCollector qs;
8098       const PointerType* PT;
8099       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8100           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8101           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8102                               Context.CharTy)) {
8103         qs.removeConst();
8104         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8105       }
8106     }
8107 
8108     if (mismatch) {
8109       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8110       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8111       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8112     }
8113   }
8114 
8115   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8116     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8117   }
8118 
8119   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8120     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8121     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8122   }
8123 }
8124 
8125 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8126   QualType T = FD->getType();
8127   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8128   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8129 
8130   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8131   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8132   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8133       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8134       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8135     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8136     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8137       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8138 
8139   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8140     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8141     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8142   }
8143 }
8144 
8145 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8146   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8147   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8148   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8149   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8150   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8151   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8152   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8153   // rules there don't matter.)
8154   const Expr *Culprit;
8155   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8156     return false;
8157   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8158     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8159   return true;
8160 }
8161 
8162 namespace {
8163   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8164   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8165   class SelfReferenceChecker
8166       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8167     Sema &S;
8168     Decl *OrigDecl;
8169     bool isRecordType;
8170     bool isPODType;
8171     bool isReferenceType;
8172 
8173   public:
8174     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8175 
8176     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8177                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8178       isPODType = false;
8179       isRecordType = false;
8180       isReferenceType = false;
8181       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8182         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8183         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8184         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8185       }
8186     }
8187 
8188     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8189     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8190     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8191     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8192       if (isReferenceType)
8193         return;
8194       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8195       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8196         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8197         return;
8198       }
8199 
8200       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8201         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8202         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8203         return;
8204       }
8205 
8206       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8207         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8208         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8209           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8210           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8211             return;
8212           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8213         }
8214         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8215           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8216         return;
8217       }
8218     }
8219 
8220     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
8221     // bad, not just r-value uses.
8222     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8223       if (isReferenceType)
8224         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8225     }
8226 
8227     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8228       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
8229           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
8230         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8231 
8232       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8233     }
8234 
8235     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8236       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8237       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8238 
8239       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8240       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8241       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8242       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8243       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8244       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8245         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8246           Warn = false;
8247         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8248       }
8249 
8250       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8251         if (Warn)
8252           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8253         return;
8254       }
8255 
8256       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8257       // Visit that expression.
8258       Visit(Base);
8259     }
8260 
8261     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8262       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
8263         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
8264           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8265 
8266       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8267     }
8268 
8269     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8270       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8271       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8272           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8273         if (!isPODType)
8274           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8275         return;
8276       }
8277       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8278     }
8279 
8280     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8281 
8282     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8283       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8284         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) {
8285           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8286         }
8287       }
8288       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8289     }
8290 
8291     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8292       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8293       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8294       unsigned diag;
8295       if (isReferenceType) {
8296         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8297       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8298         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8299       } else {
8300         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8301       }
8302 
8303       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8304                             S.PDiag(diag)
8305                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8306                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8307                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8308     }
8309   };
8310 
8311   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8312   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8313                                  bool DirectInit) {
8314     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8315     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8316     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8317       return;
8318 
8319     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8320 
8321     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8322     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8323     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8324       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8325         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8326           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8327             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8328               return;
8329 
8330     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
8331   }
8332 }
8333 
8334 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8335 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8336 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8337 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8338                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8339   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8340   // the initializer.
8341   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8342     return;
8343 
8344   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8345     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8346     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8347     // Thus this grotesque test.
8348     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8349     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8350         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8351       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8352     else {
8353       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8354         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8355       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8356     }
8357     return;
8358   }
8359 
8360   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8361   if (!VDecl) {
8362     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8363     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8364     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8365     return;
8366   }
8367   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8368 
8369   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8370   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8371     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8372     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8373     // contains exactly one expression.
8374     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8375       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8376         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8377         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8378         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8379              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8380                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8381           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8382           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8383         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8384         return;
8385       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8386         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8387              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8388                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8389                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8390           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8391           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8392         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8393         return;
8394       } else {
8395         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8396         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8397           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8398                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8399             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8400             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8401       }
8402     }
8403 
8404     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8405     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8406     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8407         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8408       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8409       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8410         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8411         return;
8412       }
8413       Init = Result.get();
8414       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8415     }
8416 
8417     QualType DeducedType;
8418     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8419             DAR_Failed)
8420       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8421     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8422       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8423       return;
8424     }
8425     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8426     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8427 
8428     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8429     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8430       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8431 
8432     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8433     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8434     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8435     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8436     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8437         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8438       SourceLocation Loc =
8439           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8440       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8441         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8442     }
8443 
8444     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8445     // the previously declared type.
8446     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8447       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8448       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8449       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8450     }
8451 
8452     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8453     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8454     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8455       return;
8456   }
8457 
8458   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8459   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8460     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8461     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8462     return;
8463   }
8464 
8465   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8466     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8467     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8468     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8469     return;
8470   }
8471 
8472   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8473     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8474     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8475     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8476     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8477     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8478       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8479     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8480                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8481       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8482       return;
8483     }
8484 
8485     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8486     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8487                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8488                                AbstractVariableType))
8489       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8490   }
8491 
8492   const VarDecl *Def;
8493   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8494     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8495       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8496     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8497     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8498     return;
8499   }
8500 
8501   const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr;
8502   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8503     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8504     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8505     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8506     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8507     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8508     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8509     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8510     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8511     //
8512     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8513     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8514     // declaration with an initializer.
8515     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8516       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8517           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8518       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8519       return;
8520     }
8521 
8522     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8523       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8524 
8525     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8526       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8527       return;
8528     }
8529   }
8530 
8531   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8532   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8533   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8534     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8535     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8536     return;
8537   }
8538 
8539   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8540   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8541   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8542 
8543   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8544   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8545   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8546       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8547     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8548     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8549       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8550       return;
8551     }
8552     Init = Result.get();
8553   }
8554 
8555   // Perform the initialization.
8556   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8557     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8558     InitializationKind Kind
8559       = DirectInit ?
8560           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8561                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8562                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8563                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8564                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8565                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8566                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8567 
8568     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8569     if (CXXDirectInit)
8570       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8571                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8572 
8573     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8574     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8575     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8576       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8577       return;
8578     }
8579 
8580     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
8581   }
8582 
8583   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8584   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8585   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8586   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8587       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8588     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8589   }
8590 
8591   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8592   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8593   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8594   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8595   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8596     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8597 
8598   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8599     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8600 
8601     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8602       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8603 
8604     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8605     // Although this code can still have problems:
8606     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8607     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8608     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8609     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8610     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8611     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
8612         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8613                          Init->getLocStart()))
8614         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8615   }
8616 
8617   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8618   //
8619   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8620   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8621   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8622   //
8623   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8624   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8625   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8626   //
8627   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8628   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8629                                           false,
8630                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8631   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8632     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8633     return;
8634   }
8635   Init = Result.get();
8636 
8637   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8638   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8639 
8640   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8641     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8642     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8643     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8644     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8645       const Expr *Culprit;
8646       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8647         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8648       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8649       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8650       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8651       // constant expressions.
8652       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8653                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8654                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8655         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
8656              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8657           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8658     }
8659   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8660              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8661     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8662     //
8663     // struct S {
8664     //   static const int value = 17;
8665     // };
8666 
8667     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8668     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8669     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8670     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8671     //
8672     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8673     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8674     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8675     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8676     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8677     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8678     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8679     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8680     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8681 
8682     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8683     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8684 
8685     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8686     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8687     // type.
8688     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8689 
8690     // Require constness.
8691     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8692       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8693         << Init->getSourceRange();
8694       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8695 
8696     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8697     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8698       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8699       SourceLocation Loc;
8700       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8701         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8702         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8703         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8704       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8705         ; // Nothing to check.
8706       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8707         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8708       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8709         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8710         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8711         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8712           << Init->getSourceRange();
8713       } else {
8714         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8715         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8716         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8717           << Init->getSourceRange();
8718         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8719       }
8720 
8721     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8722     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8723       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8724       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8725       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8726         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8727              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8728             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8729         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8730              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8731             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8732       } else {
8733         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8734           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8735 
8736         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8737           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8738             << Init->getSourceRange();
8739           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8740         }
8741       }
8742 
8743     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8744     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8745       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8746         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8747         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8748       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8749 
8750     } else {
8751       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8752         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8753       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8754     }
8755   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8756     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8757         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8758          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8759            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8760         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8761       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8762 
8763     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8764     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8765       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8766   }
8767 
8768   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8769   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8770   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8771   //
8772   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8773   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8774   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8775   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8776   // special case code.
8777 
8778   // C++ 8.5p11:
8779   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8780   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8781   // class type.
8782   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8783     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8784     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8785   } else if (DirectInit) {
8786     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8787     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8788   }
8789 
8790   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8791 }
8792 
8793 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8794 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8795 /// of sanity.
8796 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8797   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8798   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8799   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8800 
8801   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8802   if (!VD) return;
8803 
8804   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8805   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8806     D->setInvalidDecl();
8807     return;
8808   }
8809 
8810   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8811   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8812 
8813   // Require a complete type.
8814   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8815                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8816                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8817     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8818     return;
8819   }
8820 
8821   // Require a non-abstract type.
8822   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8823                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8824                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8825     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8826     return;
8827   }
8828 
8829   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8830   // though.
8831 }
8832 
8833 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8834                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8835   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8836   if (!RealDecl)
8837     return;
8838 
8839   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8840     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8841 
8842     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8843     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8844       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8845         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8846       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8847       return;
8848     }
8849 
8850     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8851     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8852     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8853     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8854     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8855     // member.
8856     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8857       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8858         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8859              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8860           << Var->getDeclName();
8861       else
8862         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8863       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8864       return;
8865     }
8866 
8867     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
8868     // be initialized.
8869     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8870         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
8871         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
8872       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
8873       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8874       return;
8875     }
8876 
8877     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8878     case VarDecl::Definition:
8879       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8880         break;
8881 
8882       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8883       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8884       // a declaration.
8885       //
8886       // Fall through
8887 
8888     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8889       // It's only a declaration.
8890 
8891       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8892       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8893       // object shall be complete.
8894       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8895           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8896           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8897                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8898         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8899 
8900       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8901       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8902           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8903                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8904                                  AbstractVariableType))
8905         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8906       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8907           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8908         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8909         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8910       }
8911 
8912       return;
8913 
8914     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8915       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8916       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8917       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8918       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8919       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8920       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8921         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8922                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8923           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8924                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8925                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8926             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8927         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8928           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8929           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8930           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8931           // NOTE: code such as the following
8932           //     static struct s;
8933           //     struct s { int a; };
8934           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8935           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8936           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8937           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8938             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8939                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8940         }
8941       }
8942 
8943       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8944       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8945         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8946       return;
8947     }
8948 
8949     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8950     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8951     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8952       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8953            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8954       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8955       return;
8956     }
8957 
8958     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8959     // definitions with reference type.
8960     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8961       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8962         << Var->getDeclName()
8963         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8964       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8965       return;
8966     }
8967 
8968     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8969     // variable with dependent type.
8970     if (Type->isDependentType())
8971       return;
8972 
8973     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8974       return;
8975 
8976     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
8977       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8978                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8979                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8980         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8981         return;
8982       }
8983     }
8984 
8985     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8986     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8987                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8988                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8989       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8990       return;
8991     }
8992 
8993     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8994     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8995     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8996     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8997     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8998     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8999     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9000     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9001     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9002     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9003     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9004       if (const RecordType *Record
9005             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9006         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9007         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9008         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9009         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9010         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9011           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9012       }
9013     }
9014 
9015     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9016     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9017     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9018     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9019     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9020     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9021     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9022     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9023     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9024     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9025     //   program is ill-formed.
9026     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9027     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9028     //   default-initialized; [...].
9029     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9030     InitializationKind Kind
9031       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9032 
9033     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9034     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9035     if (Init.isInvalid())
9036       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9037     else if (Init.get()) {
9038       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9039       // This is important for template substitution.
9040       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9041     }
9042 
9043     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9044   }
9045 }
9046 
9047 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9048   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9049   if (!VD) {
9050     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9051     D->setInvalidDecl();
9052     return;
9053   }
9054 
9055   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9056 
9057   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9058   int Error = -1;
9059   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9060   case SC_None:
9061     break;
9062   case SC_Extern:
9063     Error = 0;
9064     break;
9065   case SC_Static:
9066     Error = 1;
9067     break;
9068   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9069     Error = 2;
9070     break;
9071   case SC_Auto:
9072     Error = 3;
9073     break;
9074   case SC_Register:
9075     Error = 4;
9076     break;
9077   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9078     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9079   }
9080   if (VD->isConstexpr())
9081     Error = 5;
9082   if (Error != -1) {
9083     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9084       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9085     D->setInvalidDecl();
9086   }
9087 }
9088 
9089 StmtResult
9090 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9091                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9092                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9093                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9094   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9095   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9096   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9097   //   is equivalent to
9098   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9099   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9100 
9101   const char *PrevSpec;
9102   unsigned DiagID;
9103   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9104                      getPrintingPolicy());
9105 
9106   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9107   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9108   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9109 
9110   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9111   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9112                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9113   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9114   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9115   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9116   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9117                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9118 }
9119 
9120 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9121   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9122 
9123   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9124   // local retaining variable.
9125   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9126       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9127     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9128     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9129     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9130     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9131       break;
9132 
9133     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9134     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9135       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9136       break;
9137     }
9138   }
9139 
9140   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9141   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9142   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9143   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9144   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9145   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9146       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9147       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9148       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9149                                   var->getLocation())) {
9150     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9151     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9152     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9153       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9154 
9155     if (!prev)
9156       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9157   }
9158 
9159   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9160     const Expr *Culprit;
9161     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9162       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9163       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9164       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9165       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9166       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9167         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9168     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9169                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9170                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9171       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9172       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9173       //   initialization.
9174       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9175       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9176         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9177       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9178         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9179     }
9180 
9181   }
9182 
9183   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9184       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9185     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9186     int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read;
9187     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9188       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9189     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9190       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9191       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9192     } else {
9193       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9194       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9195     }
9196     if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue)
9197       var->addAttr(
9198           SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9199                                       Stack->CurrentValue->getString(),
9200                                       Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9201     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9202       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9203         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9204 
9205     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9206     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9207     // attribute.
9208     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9209       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9210                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9211   }
9212 
9213   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9214   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9215 
9216   QualType type = var->getType();
9217   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9218 
9219   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9220   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9221     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9222     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9223 
9224     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9225     // constructing this copy.
9226     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9227       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9228       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9229       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9230       ExprResult result
9231         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9232             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9233             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9234       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9235         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9236         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9237         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9238       }
9239     }
9240   }
9241 
9242   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9243   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
9244   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9245 
9246   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9247       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9248     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9249         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9250                                     var->getLocation())) {
9251       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9252       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9253       // warned about them.
9254       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9255       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9256           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9257         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9258           << Init->getSourceRange();
9259     }
9260 
9261     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9262       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9263       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9264         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9265         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9266         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9267         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9268               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9269           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9270           Notes.clear();
9271         }
9272         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9273           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9274         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9275           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9276       }
9277     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9278       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9279       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9280       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9281       var->checkInitIsICE();
9282     }
9283   }
9284 
9285   // Require the destructor.
9286   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9287     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9288 }
9289 
9290 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9291 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9292 void
9293 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9294   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9295   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9296 
9297   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9298   if (!VD)
9299     return;
9300 
9301   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9302 
9303   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9304   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9305     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9306             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9307       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9308         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9309         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9310         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9311       }
9312     }
9313   }
9314 
9315   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9316   if (const DLLImportAttr *IA = VD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
9317     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9318         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9319       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9320       // with a warning.
9321       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9322         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9323       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9324           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9325           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9326 
9327       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9328            IsClassTemplateMember
9329                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9330                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9331       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9332       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9333         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9334     }
9335   }
9336 
9337   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9338     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9339       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9340       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9341     }
9342   }
9343 
9344   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9345       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
9346     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
9347       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9348         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
9349             << VD->getDeclName();
9350         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9351         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9352       }
9353     }
9354   }
9355 
9356   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9357   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9358   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9359   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9360     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9361 
9362   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9363   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9364       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9365     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9366 
9367   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9368   // tag values.
9369   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9370       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9371     return;
9372 
9373   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9374     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9375     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9376       continue;
9377     }
9378     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9379     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9380       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9381            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9382         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9383       continue;
9384     }
9385     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9386       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9387            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9388         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9389       continue;
9390     }
9391     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9392     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9393                                MagicValue,
9394                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9395                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9396                                I->getMustBeNull());
9397   }
9398 }
9399 
9400 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9401                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9402   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9403 
9404   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9405     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9406 
9407   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9408   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9409     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9410       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9411         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9412           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9413       Decls.push_back(D);
9414     }
9415 
9416   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9417     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9418       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
9419       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9420         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9421     }
9422   }
9423 
9424   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9425 }
9426 
9427 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9428 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9429 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9430 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9431                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9432   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9433   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9434   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9435   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9436   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9437   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9438   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9439   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9440     QualType Deduced;
9441     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9442     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
9443     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9444       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9445         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9446         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9447         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9448           break;
9449         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9450         if (!U.isNull()) {
9451           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9452           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9453             Deduced = U;
9454             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9455             DeducedDecl = D;
9456           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9457             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9458                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9459               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9460               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9461               << U << D->getDeclName()
9462               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9463               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9464             D->setInvalidDecl();
9465             break;
9466           }
9467         }
9468       }
9469     }
9470   }
9471 
9472   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9473 
9474   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9475       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9476 }
9477 
9478 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9479   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9480 }
9481 
9482 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9483   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9484   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9485    return;
9486 
9487   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation()))
9488     return;
9489 
9490   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9491     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9492     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9493     // additional declaration references:
9494     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9495     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9496     //   'struct S *pS;'
9497     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9498     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9499     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9500       Group = Group.slice(1);
9501     }
9502   }
9503 
9504   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9505   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9506   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9507       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9508     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9509     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9510     //
9511     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9512     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9513     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9514     // ahead through comments.
9515     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9516       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9517   }
9518 }
9519 
9520 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9521 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9522 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9523   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9524 
9525   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9526 
9527   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9528   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9529   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9530     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9531   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9532              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9533     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9534   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9535     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9536          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9537     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9538   }
9539 
9540   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9541     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9542       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9543   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9544     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9545       << 0;
9546 
9547   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9548 
9549   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9550   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9551 
9552   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9553     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9554     // parameter.
9555     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9556 
9557     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9558     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9559       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9560         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9561       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9562     }
9563   }
9564 
9565   // Ensure we have a valid name
9566   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
9567   if (D.hasName()) {
9568     II = D.getIdentifier();
9569     if (!II) {
9570       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9571         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9572       D.setInvalidType(true);
9573     }
9574   }
9575 
9576   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9577   if (II) {
9578     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9579                    ForRedeclaration);
9580     LookupName(R, S);
9581     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9582       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9583       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9584         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9585         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9586         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9587         PrevDecl = nullptr;
9588       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9589         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9590         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9591 
9592         // Recover by removing the name
9593         II = nullptr;
9594         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9595         D.setInvalidType(true);
9596       }
9597     }
9598   }
9599 
9600   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9601   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9602   // looking like class members in C++.
9603   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9604                                     D.getLocStart(),
9605                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9606                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9607                                     StorageClass);
9608 
9609   if (D.isInvalidType())
9610     New->setInvalidDecl();
9611 
9612   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9613   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9614   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9615                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9616 
9617   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9618   S->AddDecl(New);
9619   if (II)
9620     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9621 
9622   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9623 
9624   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9625     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9626       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9627       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9628       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9629 
9630   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9631     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9632   }
9633   return New;
9634 }
9635 
9636 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9637 /// typedef.
9638 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9639                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9640                                               QualType T) {
9641   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9642      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9643      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9644   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
9645                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9646                                            SC_None, nullptr);
9647   Param->setImplicit();
9648   return Param;
9649 }
9650 
9651 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9652                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9653   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9654   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9655   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9656     return;
9657 
9658   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9659     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9660         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9661       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9662         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9663     }
9664   }
9665 }
9666 
9667 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9668                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9669                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9670                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9671   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9672     return;
9673 
9674   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9675   // threshold.
9676   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9677     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9678     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9679       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9680           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9681   }
9682 
9683   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9684   // threshold.
9685   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9686     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9687     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9688       continue;
9689     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9690     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9691       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9692           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9693   }
9694 }
9695 
9696 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9697                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9698                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9699                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9700   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9701   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9702       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9703       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9704 
9705     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9706 
9707     // Special cases for arrays:
9708     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9709     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9710     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9711       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9712         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9713             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9714             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9715       }
9716       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9717     } else {
9718       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9719     }
9720     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9721   }
9722 
9723   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9724                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9725                                          TSInfo,
9726                                          StorageClass, nullptr);
9727 
9728   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9729   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9730   // the class has been completely parsed.
9731   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9732       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9733                              AbstractParamType))
9734     New->setInvalidDecl();
9735 
9736   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9737   // passed by reference.
9738   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9739     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9740     Diag(NameLoc,
9741          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9742       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9743     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9744     New->setType(T);
9745   }
9746 
9747   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9748   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9749   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9750   // an address space.
9751   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9752     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
9753     // to be qualified with an address space.
9754     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
9755       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9756       New->setInvalidDecl();
9757     }
9758   }
9759 
9760   return New;
9761 }
9762 
9763 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9764                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9765   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9766 
9767   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9768   // for a K&R function.
9769   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9770     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9771       --i;
9772       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
9773         SmallString<256> Code;
9774         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
9775             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
9776         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9777             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
9778             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9779 
9780         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9781         // type.
9782         AttributeFactory attrs;
9783         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9784         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9785         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9786         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
9787                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9788         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9789         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9790         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9791         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9792         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9793         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9794       }
9795     }
9796   }
9797 }
9798 
9799 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9800   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
9801   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9802   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9803 
9804   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9805   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9806   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9807 }
9808 
9809 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
9810   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
9811 }
9812 
9813 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9814                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9815   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9816   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9817     return false;
9818 
9819   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9820   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9821     return false;
9822 
9823   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9824   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9825     return false;
9826 
9827   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9828   if (FD->isMain())
9829     return false;
9830 
9831   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9832   if (FD->isInlined())
9833     return false;
9834 
9835   // Don't warn about function templates.
9836   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9837     return false;
9838 
9839   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9840   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9841     return false;
9842 
9843   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9844   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9845     return false;
9846 
9847   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9848   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9849        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9850     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9851     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9852     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9853       continue;
9854 
9855     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9856     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9857       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9858     break;
9859   }
9860 
9861   return MissingPrototype;
9862 }
9863 
9864 void
9865 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9866                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9867   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9868   // was an extern inline function.
9869   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9870   if (!Definition)
9871     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9872       return;
9873 
9874   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9875     return;
9876 
9877   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9878       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9879     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9880         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9881   else
9882     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9883 
9884   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9885   FD->setInvalidDecl();
9886 }
9887 
9888 
9889 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9890                                    Sema &S) {
9891   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9892 
9893   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
9894   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9895   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9896   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
9897   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9898 
9899   if (LCD == LCD_None)
9900     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9901   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9902     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9903   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9904     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9905   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9906 
9907   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9908   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9909 
9910   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
9911   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
9912   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
9913     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
9914       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
9915       if (VD->isInitCapture())
9916         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
9917       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
9918       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
9919       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
9920           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(),
9921           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
9922                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
9923           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
9924 
9925     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
9926       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
9927                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
9928     }
9929   }
9930 }
9931 
9932 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9933   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9934   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9935 
9936   if (!D)
9937     return D;
9938   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
9939 
9940   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9941     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9942   else
9943     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9944   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9945   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9946   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9947   // LambdaScopeInfo.
9948   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9949   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9950   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9951   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9952   // have the LSI properly restored.
9953   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9954     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9955       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9956       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9957     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9958   }
9959   else
9960     // Enter a new function scope
9961     PushFunctionScope();
9962 
9963   // See if this is a redefinition.
9964   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9965     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9966 
9967   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9968   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9969     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9970         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9971       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9972       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9973     }
9974   }
9975 
9976   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9977   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9978   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
9979   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9980       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9981       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9982                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9983     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9984 
9985   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9986   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9987   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9988   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9989   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9990   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
9991   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9992     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9993 
9994     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9995       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9996       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9997       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9998               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9999         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10000         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10001           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10002                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10003             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10004             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10005       }
10006     }
10007   }
10008 
10009   if (FnBodyScope)
10010     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10011 
10012   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10013   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10014                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10015 
10016   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10017   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10018     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10019 
10020     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10021     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10022       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10023 
10024       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10025     }
10026   }
10027 
10028   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10029   // introduce them into the function scope.
10030   if (FnBodyScope) {
10031     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10032              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10033              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10034          I != E; ++I) {
10035       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10036 
10037       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
10038       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
10039       // and reattach to the current context.
10040       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10041         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10042         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10043           if (DI == D) {
10044             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10045             break;
10046           }
10047         }
10048         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10049         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10050       }
10051 
10052       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10053       if (!D->getName().empty())
10054         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10055 
10056       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10057       // accessible in this scope.
10058       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10059         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10060           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10061       }
10062     }
10063   }
10064 
10065   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10066   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10067     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10068 
10069   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10070   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10071       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10072     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10073     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10074     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10075     return D;
10076   }
10077   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10078   // a function template).
10079   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10080   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10081       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10082       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10083     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10084 
10085   return D;
10086 }
10087 
10088 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10089 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10090 /// optimization.
10091 ///
10092 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10093 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10094 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10095 /// use the named return value optimization.
10096 ///
10097 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10098 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10099 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10100 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10101   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10102 
10103   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10104     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10105       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10106         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10107     }
10108   }
10109 }
10110 
10111 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10112   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10113   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10114     return false;
10115 
10116   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10117   // return type (yet).
10118   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10119     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10120     // we can still delay parsing it.
10121     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10122       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10123       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10124           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10125         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10126         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10127       }
10128     }
10129     return false;
10130   }
10131 
10132   return true;
10133 }
10134 
10135 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10136   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10137   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10138   // rest of the file.
10139   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10140   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10141   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10142     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10143       return false;
10144   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10145 }
10146 
10147 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10148   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10149     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10150   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10151     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10152   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10153 }
10154 
10155 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10156   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10157 }
10158 
10159 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10160                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10161   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10162 
10163   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10164   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10165 
10166   if (FD) {
10167     FD->setBody(Body);
10168 
10169     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10170         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10171       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10172       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10173       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10174       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10175         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10176             << FD->getReturnType();
10177         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10178       } else {
10179         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10180         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
10181             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc();
10182         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10183             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10184       }
10185     }
10186 
10187     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10188     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10189     // is the first declaration.
10190     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10191       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10192         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10193       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10194                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
10195                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10196         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10197     }
10198 
10199     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10200     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10201     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10202       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10203 
10204     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10205     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10206     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10207       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10208 
10209     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10210       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10211       if (Body)
10212         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10213       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10214                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10215 
10216       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
10217       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10218         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10219 
10220       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10221       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10222       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10223       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10224           !FD->isDependentContext())
10225         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10226     }
10227 
10228     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10229            "Function parsing confused");
10230   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10231     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10232     MD->setBody(Body);
10233     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10234       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10235       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10236                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10237 
10238       if (Body)
10239         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10240     }
10241     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10242       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10243         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10244       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10245     }
10246     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10247       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10248       bool isDesignated =
10249           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10250       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10251       (void)isDesignated;
10252 
10253       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10254         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10255         if (!IFace)
10256           return false;
10257         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10258         if (!SuperD)
10259           return false;
10260         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10261             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10262       };
10263       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10264       // of NSObject.
10265       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10266         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10267              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10268         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10269              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10270       }
10271       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10272     }
10273     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10274       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10275       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10276         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10277       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10278     }
10279   } else {
10280     return nullptr;
10281   }
10282 
10283   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10284          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10285          "handled in the block above.");
10286 
10287   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10288   if (Body) {
10289     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10290     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10291     // Verify this.
10292     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10293       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10294 
10295     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10296     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10297         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10298       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10299 
10300     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10301       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10302         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10303 
10304       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10305                                              Destructor->getParent());
10306     }
10307 
10308     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10309     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10310     // deletion in some later function.
10311     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10312         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10313       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10314     }
10315     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10316         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10317       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10318       // enabled.
10319       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10320     }
10321 
10322     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10323         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10324          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10325       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10326 
10327     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
10328     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10329     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10330            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10331   }
10332 
10333   if (!IsInstantiation)
10334     PopDeclContext();
10335 
10336   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10337   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10338   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10339   // deletion in some later function.
10340   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10341     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10342   }
10343 
10344   return dcl;
10345 }
10346 
10347 
10348 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10349 /// relevant Decl.
10350 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10351                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10352   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10353   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10354     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10355   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10356 
10357   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10358     if (Method->isStatic())
10359       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10360 }
10361 
10362 
10363 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10364 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10365 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10366                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10367   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10368   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10369   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10370   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10371   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10372     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10373     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10374     return ExternCPrev;
10375   }
10376 
10377   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10378   unsigned diag_id;
10379   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10380     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10381   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10382     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10383   else
10384     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10385   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10386 
10387   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10388   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10389   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10390     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10391     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
10392     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
10393                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, Validator,
10394                                       CTK_NonError)))
10395       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10396                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10397   }
10398 
10399   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10400   const char *Dummy;
10401   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10402   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10403   unsigned DiagID;
10404   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10405                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10406   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10407   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10408   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10409   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10410   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10411                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10412                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10413                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
10414                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10415                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10416                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10417                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10418                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10419                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10420                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10421                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10422                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10423                                              EST_None,
10424                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10425                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
10426                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
10427                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10428                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
10429                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10430                 DS.getAttributes(),
10431                 SourceLocation());
10432   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10433 
10434   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10435 
10436   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10437   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10438 
10439   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10440   FD->setImplicit();
10441 
10442   CurContext = PrevDC;
10443 
10444   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10445 
10446   return FD;
10447 }
10448 
10449 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10450 /// the declaration of this function.
10451 ///
10452 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10453 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10454 /// like NSLog or printf.
10455 ///
10456 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10457 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10458 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10459   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10460     return;
10461 
10462   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10463   // actual attributes.
10464   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10465     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10466     unsigned FormatIdx;
10467     bool HasVAListArg;
10468     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10469       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10470         const char *fmt = "printf";
10471         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10472         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10473             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10474           fmt = "NSString";
10475         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10476                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10477                                                FormatIdx+1,
10478                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10479                                                FD->getLocation()));
10480       }
10481     }
10482     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10483                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10484      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10485        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10486                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10487                                               FormatIdx+1,
10488                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10489                                               FD->getLocation()));
10490     }
10491 
10492     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10493     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10494     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10495     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10496         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10497       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10498         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10499     }
10500 
10501     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10502         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10503       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10504                                          FD->getLocation()));
10505     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10506       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10507     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10508       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10509   }
10510 
10511   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10512   if (!Name)
10513     return;
10514   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10515        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10516       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10517        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10518        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10519     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10520     // about.
10521   } else
10522     return;
10523 
10524   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10525     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10526     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10527     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10528       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10529                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10530                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10531                                              FD->getLocation()));
10532   }
10533 
10534   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10535     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10536     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10537     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10538       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10539                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10540   }
10541 }
10542 
10543 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10544                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10545   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10546   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10547 
10548   if (!TInfo) {
10549     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10550     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10551   }
10552 
10553   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10554   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10555                                            D.getLocStart(),
10556                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10557                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10558                                            TInfo);
10559 
10560   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10561   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10562     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10563     return NewTD;
10564   }
10565 
10566   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10567     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10568       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10569         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10570         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10571         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10572     else
10573       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10574   }
10575 
10576   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10577   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10578   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10579   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10580   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10581   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10582   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10583   case TST_enum:
10584   case TST_struct:
10585   case TST_interface:
10586   case TST_union:
10587   case TST_class: {
10588     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10589 
10590     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10591     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10592     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10593     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10594 
10595     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10596     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10597 
10598     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10599     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10600       break;
10601 
10602     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10603     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10604     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10605     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10606     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10607     // for how to handle it.
10608     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10609       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10610 
10611       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10612       tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
10613 
10614       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10615       textToInsert += ' ';
10616       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10617       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10618         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10619       break;
10620     }
10621 
10622     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10623     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10624     break;
10625   }
10626 
10627   default:
10628     break;
10629   }
10630 
10631   return NewTD;
10632 }
10633 
10634 
10635 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10636 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10637   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10638   QualType T = TI->getType();
10639 
10640   if (T->isDependentType())
10641     return false;
10642 
10643   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10644     if (BT->isInteger())
10645       return false;
10646 
10647   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10648   return true;
10649 }
10650 
10651 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10652 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10653 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10654                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10655                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10656   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10657 
10658   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10659     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10660       << Prev->isScoped();
10661     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10662     return true;
10663   }
10664 
10665   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10666     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10667         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10668         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10669                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10670       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10671       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10672         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10673       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10674           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10675       return true;
10676     }
10677   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10678     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10679       << Prev->isFixed();
10680     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10681     return true;
10682   }
10683 
10684   return false;
10685 }
10686 
10687 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10688 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10689 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10690 ///
10691 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10692 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10693   switch (Tag) {
10694   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10695   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10696   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10697   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10698   }
10699 }
10700 
10701 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10702 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10703 ///
10704 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10705 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10706 {
10707   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10708 }
10709 
10710 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10711 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10712 ///
10713 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10714 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10715                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10716                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10717                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10718   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10719   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10720   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10721   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10722   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10723   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10724   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10725   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10726   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10727   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10728   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10729   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10730   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10731   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10732   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10733     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10734       return true;
10735 
10736   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10737     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10738     bool isTemplate = false;
10739     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10740       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10741 
10742     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10743       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10744       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10745       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10746         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10747         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10748       return true;
10749     }
10750 
10751     if (isDefinition) {
10752       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10753       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10754       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10755         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10756         return true;
10757       }
10758 
10759       bool previousMismatch = false;
10760       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
10761         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10762           if (!previousMismatch) {
10763             previousMismatch = true;
10764             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10765               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10766               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10767           }
10768           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10769             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10770             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10771                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10772         }
10773       }
10774       return true;
10775     }
10776 
10777     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10778     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10779     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10780     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10781                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10782     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10783       return true;
10784     }
10785 
10786     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10787       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10788       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10789     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10790 
10791     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
10792     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10793         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10794           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10795           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10796                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10797     }
10798 
10799     return true;
10800   }
10801   return false;
10802 }
10803 
10804 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
10805 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
10806 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
10807 ///   namespace N {
10808 ///     struct X;
10809 ///     namespace M {
10810 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
10811 ///     }
10812 ///   }
10813 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
10814                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
10815   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
10816   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
10817   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
10818   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
10819   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10820   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
10821     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
10822     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
10823     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
10824     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
10825       return FixItHint();
10826     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
10827     Namespaces.push_back(II);
10828     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
10829         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
10830     if (Lookup == Namespace)
10831       break;
10832   }
10833 
10834   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
10835   // build an NNS.
10836   SmallString<64> Insertion;
10837   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
10838   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
10839     OS << "::";
10840   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
10841   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
10842     OS << II->getName() << "::";
10843   OS.flush();
10844   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
10845 }
10846 
10847 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10848 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10849 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10850 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10851 ///
10852 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
10853 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
10854 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10855                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10856                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10857                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10858                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10859                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10860                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10861                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10862                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10863                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
10864                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
10865   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10866   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10867   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10868          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10869   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10870 
10871   OwnedDecl = false;
10872   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10873   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10874 
10875   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10876   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10877   bool Invalid = false;
10878 
10879   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10880   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10881   // for non-C++ cases.
10882   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10883       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10884     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10885             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10886                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
10887                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10888       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10889         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10890         return nullptr;
10891       }
10892 
10893       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10894         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10895         // be a member of another template).
10896 
10897         if (Invalid)
10898           return nullptr;
10899 
10900         OwnedDecl = false;
10901         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10902                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10903                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10904                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10905                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
10906                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10907                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10908         return Result.get();
10909       } else {
10910         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10911         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10912           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10913         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10914       }
10915     }
10916   }
10917 
10918   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10919   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10920   // redeclaration.
10921   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10922 
10923   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10924     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10925       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10926       // type, default to int.
10927       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10928     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10929       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10930       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10931       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
10932       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10933       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10934 
10935       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10936         // Recover by falling back to int.
10937         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10938 
10939       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10940                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10941         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10942 
10943     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10944       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10945       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10946   }
10947 
10948   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10949   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10950   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10951 
10952   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10953   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10954     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10955 
10956   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10957   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10958     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10959 
10960     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10961     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10962       Name = nullptr;
10963       goto CreateNewDecl;
10964     }
10965 
10966     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10967     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10968     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10969       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10970       if (!DC) {
10971         IsDependent = true;
10972         return nullptr;
10973       }
10974     } else {
10975       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10976       if (!DC) {
10977         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10978           << SS.getRange();
10979         return nullptr;
10980       }
10981     }
10982 
10983     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10984       return nullptr;
10985 
10986     SearchDC = DC;
10987     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10988     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10989 
10990     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10991       return nullptr;
10992 
10993     if (Previous.empty()) {
10994       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10995       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10996       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10997       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10998       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10999       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11000       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11001           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11002         IsDependent = true;
11003         return nullptr;
11004       }
11005 
11006       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11007       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11008         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11009       Name = nullptr;
11010       Invalid = true;
11011       goto CreateNewDecl;
11012     }
11013   } else if (Name) {
11014     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11015     // declaration or definition.
11016     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11017     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11018     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11019     LookupName(Previous, S);
11020 
11021     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11022     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11023     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11024         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11025       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11026       while (F.hasNext()) {
11027         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11028         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11029           F.erase();
11030       }
11031       F.done();
11032     }
11033 
11034     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11035     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11036     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11037     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11038     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11039     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11040     //
11041     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11042     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11043     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11044     //
11045     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11046     // semantic context?
11047     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11048       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11049       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11050       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11051       while (F.hasNext()) {
11052         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11053         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11054         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11055             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11056           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11057             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11058           else
11059             F.erase();
11060         }
11061       }
11062       F.done();
11063 
11064       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11065       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11066       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11067         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11068         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11069             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11070       }
11071     }
11072 
11073     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11074     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11075       return nullptr;
11076 
11077     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11078       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11079       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11080       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11081       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11082       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11083         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11084     }
11085   }
11086 
11087   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11088       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11089     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11090     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11091     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11092     Previous.clear();
11093   }
11094 
11095   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11096       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11097     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11098     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11099 
11100     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11101       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11102       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11103       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11104       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11105     }
11106   }
11107 
11108   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11109   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11110   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11111   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11112   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11113       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11114     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11115     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11116 
11117     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11118       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11119       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11120       //
11121       //          class-key identifier
11122       //
11123       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11124       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11125       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11126       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11127       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11128       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11129       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11130       //      declaration.
11131       //
11132       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11133       // C structs and unions.
11134       //
11135       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11136       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11137       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11138       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11139       //
11140       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11141       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11142       //
11143       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11144       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11145       // lexical context,
11146       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11147         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11148 
11149       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11150       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11151              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11152               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11153              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11154              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11155         S = S->getParent();
11156     } else {
11157       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11158       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11159       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11160       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11161       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11162       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11163     }
11164 
11165     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11166     // diagnose some problems.
11167     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11168       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11169       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11170     }
11171   }
11172 
11173   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11174     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11175     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
11176         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
11177 
11178     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11179     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11180     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11181     // in C++.
11182     //
11183     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11184     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11185     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11186     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11187     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11188       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11189         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11190           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11191           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11192               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11193                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11194             PrevDecl = Tag;
11195             Previous.clear();
11196             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11197             Previous.resolveKind();
11198           }
11199         }
11200       }
11201     }
11202 
11203     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11204       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11205       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11206       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11207       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11208           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11209                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11210         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11211         // struct or something similar.
11212         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11213                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11214                                           *Name)) {
11215           bool SafeToContinue
11216             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11217                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11218           if (SafeToContinue)
11219             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11220               << Name
11221               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11222                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11223           else
11224             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11225           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11226 
11227           if (SafeToContinue)
11228             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11229           else {
11230             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11231             Name = nullptr;
11232             Previous.clear();
11233             Invalid = true;
11234           }
11235         }
11236 
11237         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11238           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11239 
11240           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11241           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11242           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11243             if (ScopedEnum)
11244               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11245                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11246                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11247             return PrevTagDecl;
11248           }
11249 
11250           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11251           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11252             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11253           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11254             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11255 
11256           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11257           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11258           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11259           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11260                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11261             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11262         }
11263 
11264         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11265         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11266         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11267         //   and then later defined.
11268         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11269             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11270           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11271           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11272         }
11273 
11274         if (!Invalid) {
11275           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11276           // we have attributes.
11277 
11278           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11279           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11280           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11281           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11282           if (!Attr &&
11283               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11284                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11285                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11286             return PrevTagDecl;
11287 
11288           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11289           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11290             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11291               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11292               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11293               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11294               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11295               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11296                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11297                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11298                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11299                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11300                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11301                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11302                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11303                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11304               }
11305 
11306               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11307                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11308                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11309                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11310                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11311                 else
11312                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11313                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11314                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11315                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11316                 // references get the previous definition.
11317                 Name = nullptr;
11318                 Previous.clear();
11319                 Invalid = true;
11320               }
11321             } else {
11322               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
11323               // about a nested redefinition.
11324               const TagType *Tag
11325                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
11326               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11327                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
11328                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
11329                      diag::note_previous_definition);
11330                 Name = nullptr;
11331                 Previous.clear();
11332                 Invalid = true;
11333               }
11334             }
11335 
11336             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
11337             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
11338           }
11339 
11340           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
11341           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
11342           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
11343           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11344             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
11345             AS = AS_none;
11346           }
11347         }
11348         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
11349         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
11350 
11351       } else {
11352         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11353         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11354         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11355         // have distinct types.
11356         Previous.clear();
11357       }
11358       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11359       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11360       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11361 
11362 
11363     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11364     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11365     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11366     } else {
11367       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11368       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11369       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11370       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11371           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11372         unsigned Kind = 0;
11373         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11374         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11375         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11376         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11377         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11378         Invalid = true;
11379 
11380       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11381       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11382                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11383         // do nothing
11384 
11385       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11386       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11387         unsigned Kind = 0;
11388         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11389         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11390         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11391         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11392         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11393         Invalid = true;
11394 
11395       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11396       // case here.
11397       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11398         unsigned Kind = 0;
11399         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11400         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11401           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11402         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11403         Invalid = true;
11404 
11405       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11406       } else {
11407         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11408         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11409         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11410         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11411         Name = nullptr;
11412         Invalid = true;
11413       }
11414 
11415       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11416       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11417       Previous.clear();
11418     }
11419   }
11420 
11421 CreateNewDecl:
11422 
11423   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11424   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11425     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11426 
11427   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11428   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11429   // keyword.
11430   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11431 
11432   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11433   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11434   // PrevDecl.
11435   TagDecl *New;
11436 
11437   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11438   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11439     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11440     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11441     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11442                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11443                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11444     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11445     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11446       TagDecl *Def;
11447       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11448           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11449         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11450         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11451       }
11452       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11453         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11454           << New;
11455         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11456       } else {
11457         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11458         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11459           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11460         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11461           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11462         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11463 
11464         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11465         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11466         // the declaration context.
11467         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11468           IsForwardReference = true;
11469       }
11470     }
11471 
11472     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11473       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11474       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11475         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11476       else
11477         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11478       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11479     }
11480 
11481   } else {
11482     // struct/union/class
11483 
11484     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11485     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11486     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11487       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11488       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11489                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11490 
11491       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11492         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11493     } else
11494       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11495                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11496   }
11497 
11498   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11499   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11500   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11501     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11502       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11503     Invalid = true;
11504   }
11505 
11506   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11507   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11508     if (SS.isSet()) {
11509       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11510       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11511       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11512       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11513       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11514       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11515           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11516           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11517         Invalid = true;
11518 
11519       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11520       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11521         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11522                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11523                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11524       }
11525     }
11526     else
11527       Invalid = true;
11528   }
11529 
11530   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11531     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11532     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11533     //
11534     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11535     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11536     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11537     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11538     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11539     // parsing of the struct).
11540     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11541       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11542       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11543     }
11544   }
11545 
11546   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11547     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11548       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11549         << 2
11550         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11551     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11552     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11553     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11554     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11555       New->setModulePrivate();
11556   }
11557 
11558   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11559   // check the specialization.
11560   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11561     Invalid = true;
11562 
11563   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11564   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11565   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11566   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11567       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11568     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11569       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
11570       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
11571       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
11572         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
11573             << Name;
11574         Invalid = true;
11575       }
11576     } else {
11577       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11578     }
11579     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11580   }
11581 
11582   if (Invalid)
11583     New->setInvalidDecl();
11584 
11585   if (Attr)
11586     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11587 
11588   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11589   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11590   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11591 
11592   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11593   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11594   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11595   // the tag name visible.
11596   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11597     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
11598 
11599   // Set the access specifier.
11600   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11601     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11602 
11603   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11604     New->startDefinition();
11605 
11606   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11607   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11608     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11609     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11610     if (PrevDecl)
11611       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11612 
11613     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11614     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11615     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11616       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11617         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11618   } else if (Name) {
11619     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11620     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11621     if (IsForwardReference)
11622       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11623 
11624   } else {
11625     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11626   }
11627 
11628   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11629   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11630     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11631         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11632         II->isStr("FILE"))
11633       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11634 
11635   if (PrevDecl)
11636     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11637 
11638   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11639   // record.
11640   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11641 
11642   OwnedDecl = true;
11643   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11644   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11645   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
11646 }
11647 
11648 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11649   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11650   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11651 
11652   // Enter the tag context.
11653   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11654 
11655   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11656 
11657   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11658   // record.
11659   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11660 }
11661 
11662 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11663   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11664          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11665   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11666   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11667       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11668   CurContext = OCD;
11669   return IDecl;
11670 }
11671 
11672 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11673                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11674                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11675                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11676   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11677   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11678 
11679   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11680 
11681   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11682     return;
11683 
11684   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11685     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11686                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11687 
11688   // C++ [class]p2:
11689   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11690   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11691   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11692   //   as if it were a public member name.
11693   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11694     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11695                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11696                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11697                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
11698                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11699   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11700   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11701   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11702   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11703       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11704   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11705   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11706          "Broken injected-class-name");
11707 }
11708 
11709 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11710                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11711   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11712   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11713   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11714 
11715   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11716   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11717     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11718     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11719       RD->completeDefinition();
11720   }
11721 
11722   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11723     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11724 
11725   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11726   PopDeclContext();
11727 
11728   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11729       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11730     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11731 
11732   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11733   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11734     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11735 }
11736 
11737 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11738   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11739   PopDeclContext();
11740 }
11741 
11742 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11743   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11744   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11745   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11746 }
11747 
11748 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11749   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11750   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
11751 }
11752 
11753 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11754   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11755   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11756   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11757 
11758   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11759   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11760     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11761       RD->completeDefinition();
11762   }
11763 
11764   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11765   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11766   // the FieldCollector.
11767 
11768   PopDeclContext();
11769 }
11770 
11771 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11772 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11773                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11774                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11775                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11776   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11777   if (ZeroWidth)
11778     *ZeroWidth = true;
11779 
11780   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11781   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11782   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11783     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11784     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11785       return ExprError();
11786     if (FieldName)
11787       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11788         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11789     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11790       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11791   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11792                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11793     return ExprError();
11794 
11795   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11796   // it now.
11797   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11798     return BitWidth;
11799 
11800   llvm::APSInt Value;
11801   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11802   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11803     return ICE;
11804   BitWidth = ICE.get();
11805 
11806   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11807     *ZeroWidth = false;
11808 
11809   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11810   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11811     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11812 
11813   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11814     if (FieldName)
11815       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11816                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11817     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11818       << Value.toString(10);
11819   }
11820 
11821   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11822     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11823     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11824       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
11825           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
11826         if (FieldName)
11827           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11828             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11829             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11830 
11831         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11832           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11833       }
11834 
11835       if (FieldName)
11836         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11837           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11838           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11839       else
11840         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11841           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11842     }
11843   }
11844 
11845   return BitWidth;
11846 }
11847 
11848 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11849 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11850 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11851                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11852   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11853                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11854                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11855   return Res;
11856 }
11857 
11858 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11859 ///
11860 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11861                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11862                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11863                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11864                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11865   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11866   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11867   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11868 
11869   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11870   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11871   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11872     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11873 
11874     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11875                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11876       D.setInvalidType();
11877       T = Context.IntTy;
11878       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11879     }
11880   }
11881 
11882   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11883   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11884     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11885     D.setInvalidType();
11886   }
11887 
11888   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11889   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11890   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11891     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11892     D.setInvalidType();
11893   }
11894 
11895   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11896 
11897   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11898     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11899          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11900       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11901 
11902   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11903   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11904   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11905   LookupName(Previous, S);
11906   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11907     case LookupResult::Found:
11908     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11909       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11910       break;
11911 
11912     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11913       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11914       break;
11915 
11916     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11917     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11918     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11919       break;
11920   }
11921   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11922 
11923   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11924     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11925     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11926     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11927     PrevDecl = nullptr;
11928   }
11929 
11930   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11931     PrevDecl = nullptr;
11932 
11933   bool Mutable
11934     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11935   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11936   FieldDecl *NewFD
11937     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11938                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11939 
11940   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11941     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11942 
11943   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11944     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11945 
11946   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11947     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11948     // with the same name in the same scope.
11949   } else if (II) {
11950     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11951   } else
11952     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11953 
11954   return NewFD;
11955 }
11956 
11957 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11958 ///
11959 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11960 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11961 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11962 /// created.
11963 ///
11964 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11965 ///
11966 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11967 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11968                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11969                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11970                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11971                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11972                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11973                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11974                                 Declarator *D) {
11975   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11976   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11977   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11978 
11979   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11980   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11981   if (T.isNull()) {
11982     InvalidDecl = true;
11983     T = Context.IntTy;
11984   }
11985 
11986   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11987   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11988     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11989       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11990       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11991       InvalidDecl = true;
11992     } else {
11993       NamedDecl *Def;
11994       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11995       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11996         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11997         InvalidDecl = true;
11998       }
11999     }
12000   }
12001 
12002   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12003   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12004     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12005     InvalidDecl = true;
12006   }
12007 
12008   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12009   // than a variably modified type.
12010   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12011     bool SizeIsNegative;
12012     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12013 
12014     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12015       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12016                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12017                                                     Oversized);
12018     if (FixedTInfo) {
12019       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12020       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12021       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12022     } else {
12023       if (SizeIsNegative)
12024         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12025       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12026         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12027           << Oversized.toString(10);
12028       else
12029         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12030       InvalidDecl = true;
12031     }
12032   }
12033 
12034   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12035   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12036                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12037                                              AbstractFieldType))
12038     InvalidDecl = true;
12039 
12040   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12041   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12042   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
12043     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12044                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12045     if (!BitWidth) {
12046       InvalidDecl = true;
12047       BitWidth = nullptr;
12048       ZeroWidth = false;
12049     }
12050   }
12051 
12052   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12053   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12054     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12055     if (T->isReferenceType())
12056       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
12057     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12058       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12059 
12060     if (DiagID) {
12061       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12062       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12063         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12064       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12065       Mutable = false;
12066       InvalidDecl = true;
12067     }
12068   }
12069 
12070   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12071   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12072   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12073   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12074     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12075 
12076   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12077                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12078   if (InvalidDecl)
12079     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12080 
12081   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12082     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12083     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12084     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12085   }
12086 
12087   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12088     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12089       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12090         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12091         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12092           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12093           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12094           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12095           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12096           // objects.
12097           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12098             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12099         }
12100       }
12101 
12102       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12103       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12104       // enabled.
12105       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12106         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12107                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12108                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12109           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12110         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12111           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12112       }
12113     }
12114   }
12115 
12116   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12117   // representation, not a parser representation.
12118   if (D) {
12119     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12120     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12121 
12122     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12123       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12124   }
12125 
12126   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12127   // retainable type.
12128   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12129     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12130 
12131   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12132     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12133 
12134   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12135   return NewFD;
12136 }
12137 
12138 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12139   assert(FD);
12140   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12141 
12142   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12143     return false;
12144 
12145   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12146   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12147     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12148     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12149       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12150       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12151       // copy constructors.
12152 
12153       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12154       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12155       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12156       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12157       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12158       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12159       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12160         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12161       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12162         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12163       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12164         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12165       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12166         member = CXXDestructor;
12167 
12168       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12169         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12170             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12171           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12172           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12173           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12174           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12175           // members unavailable.
12176           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12177           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12178             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12179               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12180                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12181                                   Loc));
12182             return false;
12183           }
12184         }
12185 
12186         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12187                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12188                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12189           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12190         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12191         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12192       }
12193     }
12194   }
12195 
12196   return false;
12197 }
12198 
12199 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12200 ///  AST enum value.
12201 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12202 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12203   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12204   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12205   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12206   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12207   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12208   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12209   }
12210 }
12211 
12212 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12213 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12214 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12215                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12216                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12217                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12218 
12219   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12220   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12221   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12222   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12223 
12224   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12225   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12226 
12227   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12228   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12229 
12230   if (BitWidth) {
12231     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12232     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12233     if (!BitWidth)
12234       D.setInvalidType();
12235   } else {
12236     // Not a bitfield.
12237 
12238     // validate II.
12239 
12240   }
12241   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12242     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12243     D.setInvalidType();
12244   }
12245   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12246   // than a variably modified type.
12247   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12248     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12249     D.setInvalidType();
12250   }
12251 
12252   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12253   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12254     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12255                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12256   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12257   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12258   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12259     return nullptr;
12260   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12261   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12262       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12263     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12264     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12265       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12266       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12267     }
12268     else
12269       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12270   } else {
12271     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12272         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12273       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12274         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12275         return nullptr;
12276       }
12277     }
12278     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12279   }
12280 
12281   // Construct the decl.
12282   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12283                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12284                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12285 
12286   if (II) {
12287     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12288                                            ForRedeclaration);
12289     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12290         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12291       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12292       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12293       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12294     }
12295   }
12296 
12297   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12298   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12299 
12300   if (D.isInvalidType())
12301     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12302 
12303   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12304   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12305     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12306 
12307   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12308     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12309 
12310   if (II) {
12311     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12312     // these to the interface.
12313     S->AddDecl(NewID);
12314     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
12315   }
12316 
12317   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
12318       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
12319     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
12320 
12321   return NewID;
12322 }
12323 
12324 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
12325 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
12326 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
12327 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
12328 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
12329                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
12330   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
12331     return;
12332 
12333   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
12334   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
12335 
12336   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
12337     return;
12338   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
12339   if (!ID) {
12340     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
12341       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
12342         return;
12343     }
12344     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
12345     else
12346       return;
12347   }
12348   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
12349   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
12350   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
12351 
12352   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
12353                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
12354                               Context.CharTy,
12355                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
12356                                                                DeclLoc),
12357                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
12358                               true);
12359   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12360 }
12361 
12362 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12363                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12364                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12365   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12366 
12367   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12368   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12369   // it will now change.
12370   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12371     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12372     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12373     default: break;
12374     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12375       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12376       break;
12377     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12378       Context.
12379         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12380       break;
12381     }
12382   }
12383 
12384   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12385 
12386   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12387   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12388   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12389   if (Record) {
12390     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12391       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12392         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12393           ++NumNamedMembers;
12394     }
12395   }
12396 
12397   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12398   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12399 
12400   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12401   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12402        i != end; ++i) {
12403     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12404 
12405     // Get the type for the field.
12406     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12407 
12408     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12409       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12410       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12411     }
12412 
12413     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12414     // diagnostics about it.
12415     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12416       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12417       continue;
12418     }
12419 
12420     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12421     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12422     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12423     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12424     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12425     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12426     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12427     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12428     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12429     //   array.
12430     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12431       // Field declared as a function.
12432       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12433         << FD->getDeclName();
12434       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12435       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12436       continue;
12437     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12438                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12439                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12440                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12441                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12442       // Flexible array member.
12443       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12444       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12445       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12446       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12447       if (Record->isUnion())
12448         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12449                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12450                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12451                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12452                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12453       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12454         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12455                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12456                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12457                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12458                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12459                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12460                                  : 0;
12461 
12462       if (DiagID)
12463         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12464                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12465       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12466       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12467       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12468       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12469       // of the type.
12470       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12471         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12472           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12473             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12474       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12475         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12476           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12477 
12478       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12479       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12480       //
12481       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12482       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12483       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12484       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12485         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12486           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12487         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12488         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12489         continue;
12490       }
12491       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12492       if (Record)
12493         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12494     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12495                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12496                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12497       // Incomplete type
12498       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12499       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12500       continue;
12501     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12502       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12503         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
12504         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
12505           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12506         } else {
12507           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12508           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12509           // structures.
12510           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12511             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12512               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12513           else {
12514             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12515             // other structs as an extension.
12516             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12517               << FD->getDeclName();
12518             if (Record)
12519               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12520           }
12521         }
12522       }
12523       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12524           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12525                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12526                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12527         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12528         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12529       }
12530       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12531         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12532       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12533         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12534     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12535       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12536       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12537         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12538       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12539       FD->setType(T);
12540     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12541                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12542       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12543       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12544       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12545       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12546       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12547       QualType T = FD->getType();
12548       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12549       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12550         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12551         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12552           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12553             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12554                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12555                               loc));
12556           }
12557         } else {
12558           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12559             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12560         }
12561         ARCErrReported = true;
12562       }
12563     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12564                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12565                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12566       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12567           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12568         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12569       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12570         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12571         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12572             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12573           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12574         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12575                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12576                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12577       }
12578     }
12579     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12580       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12581     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12582     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12583       ++NumNamedMembers;
12584   }
12585 
12586   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12587   if (Record) {
12588     bool Completed = false;
12589     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12590       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12591         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12592         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12593                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12594                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12595           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12596 
12597         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12598           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12599             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12600             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12601               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12602                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12603           }
12604 
12605           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12606           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12607 
12608           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12609           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12610           // problem now.
12611           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12612             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12613             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12614 
12615             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12616                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12617                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12618               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12619                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12620                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12621                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12622                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12623                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12624                   continue;
12625 
12626                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12627                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12628                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12629                 //   program is ill-formed.
12630                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12631                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12632                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12633                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12634                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12635                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12636                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12637                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12638                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12639                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12640 
12641                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12642               }
12643             }
12644             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12645             Completed = true;
12646           }
12647         }
12648       }
12649     }
12650 
12651     if (!Completed)
12652       Record->completeDefinition();
12653 
12654     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12655       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12656 
12657       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12658         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12659                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12660                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12661     }
12662 
12663     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12664     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12665     // compatibility problems.
12666     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12667     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12668       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12669     } else {
12670       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12671       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12672       CheckForZeroSize =
12673           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12674           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12675           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12676     }
12677     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12678       bool ZeroSize = true;
12679       bool IsEmpty = true;
12680       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12681       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12682                                       E = Record->field_end();
12683            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12684         IsEmpty = false;
12685         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12686           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12687             ZeroSize = false;
12688         } else {
12689           ++NonBitFields;
12690           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12691           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12692               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12693             ZeroSize = false;
12694         }
12695       }
12696 
12697       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12698       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12699       // extern "C" block.
12700       if (ZeroSize) {
12701         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12702                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12703                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12704           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12705       }
12706 
12707       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12708       // but are accepted by GCC.
12709       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12710         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12711                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12712           << Record->isUnion();
12713       }
12714     }
12715   } else {
12716     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12717       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12718     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12719       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12720       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12721       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12722         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12723         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12724       }
12725       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12726       // duplicates.
12727       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12728         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12729     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12730                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12731       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12732       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12733         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12734         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12735         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12736       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12737       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12738       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12739     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12740                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12741       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12742       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12743       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12744       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12745       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12746       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12747       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12748       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12749         if (IDecl) {
12750           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12751               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12752             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12753                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12754             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12755             continue;
12756           }
12757           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
12758             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12759                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12760               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12761                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12762               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12763               continue;
12764             }
12765           }
12766         }
12767         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12768         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12769       }
12770       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12771       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12772     }
12773   }
12774 
12775   if (Attr)
12776     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12777 }
12778 
12779 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12780 /// the given type T.
12781 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12782                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12783                                         QualType T) {
12784   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12785   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12786 
12787   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12788     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12789       --BitWidth;
12790     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12791   }
12792   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12793 }
12794 
12795 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12796 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12797 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12798   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12799   // enum checking below.
12800   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12801   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12802   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12803     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12804   };
12805   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12806     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12807     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12808   };
12809 
12810   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12811   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12812                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12813   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12814     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12815       return Types[I];
12816 
12817   return QualType();
12818 }
12819 
12820 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12821                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12822                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12823                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12824                                           Expr *Val) {
12825   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12826   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12827   QualType EltTy;
12828 
12829   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12830     Val = nullptr;
12831 
12832   if (Val)
12833     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
12834 
12835   if (Val) {
12836     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12837       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12838     else {
12839       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12840       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12841           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12842         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12843         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12844         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12845         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12846         ExprResult Converted =
12847           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12848                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12849         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12850           Val = nullptr;
12851         else
12852           Val = Converted.get();
12853       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12854                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12855                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
12856         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12857       } else {
12858         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12859           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12860 
12861           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12862           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12863           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12864           // expression checking.
12865           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12866             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12867               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12868               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12869             } else
12870               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12871           } else
12872             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12873         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12874           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12875           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12876           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12877           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12878           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12879           EltTy = Val->getType();
12880         } else {
12881           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12882           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12883           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12884           //   representable as an int.
12885 
12886           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12887           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12888             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12889               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12890               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12891           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12892             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12893             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12894           }
12895           EltTy = Val->getType();
12896         }
12897       }
12898     }
12899   }
12900 
12901   if (!Val) {
12902     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12903       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12904     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12905       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12906       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12907       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12908       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12909       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12910       //
12911       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12912       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12913       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12914         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12915       }
12916       else {
12917         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12918       }
12919     } else {
12920       // Assign the last value + 1.
12921       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12922       ++EnumVal;
12923       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12924 
12925       // Check for overflow on increment.
12926       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12927         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12928         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12929         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12930         //
12931         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12932         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12933         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12934         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12935         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12936         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12937         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12938         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12939           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12940           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12941           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12942           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12943           ++EnumVal;
12944           if (Enum->isFixed())
12945             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12946             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12947               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12948               << EltTy;
12949           else
12950             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
12951               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12952         } else {
12953           EltTy = T;
12954         }
12955 
12956         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12957         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12958         // value, then increment.
12959         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12960         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12961         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12962         ++EnumVal;
12963 
12964         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12965         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12966         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12967         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12968         // integral type.
12969         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12970           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12971       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12972                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12973         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12974         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12975           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12976       }
12977     }
12978   }
12979 
12980   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12981     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12982     // enumerator's type.
12983     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12984     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12985   }
12986 
12987   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12988                                   Val, EnumVal);
12989 }
12990 
12991 
12992 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12993                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12994                               AttributeList *Attr,
12995                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12996   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12997   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12998     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12999 
13000   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13001   // we find one that is.
13002   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13003 
13004   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13005   // scope.
13006   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13007                                          ForRedeclaration);
13008   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13009     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13010     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13011     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13012     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13013   }
13014 
13015   if (PrevDecl) {
13016     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13017     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13018     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13019            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13020     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13021       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13022         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13023       else
13024         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13025       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13026       return nullptr;
13027     }
13028   }
13029 
13030   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13031   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13032   // different from T:
13033   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13034   // enumerated type
13035   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
13036                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
13037                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13038     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
13039         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
13040       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
13041 
13042   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13043     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13044 
13045   if (New) {
13046     // Process attributes.
13047     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13048 
13049     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13050     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13051     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13052   }
13053 
13054   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13055 
13056   return New;
13057 }
13058 
13059 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13060 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13061 // Element2 = Element1
13062 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13063 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13064 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13065 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13066   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13067   if (!InitExpr)
13068     return true;
13069   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13070 
13071   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13072     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13073       return true;
13074     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13075     if (!IL)
13076       return true;
13077     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13078       return true;
13079 
13080     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13081   }
13082 
13083   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13084   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13085   if (!DRE)
13086     return true;
13087 
13088   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13089   if (!EnumConstant)
13090     return true;
13091 
13092   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13093       Enum)
13094     return true;
13095 
13096   return false;
13097 }
13098 
13099 struct DupKey {
13100   int64_t val;
13101   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13102   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13103     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13104 };
13105 
13106 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13107   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13108                 false);
13109 }
13110 
13111 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13112   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13113   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13114   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13115     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13116   }
13117   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13118     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13119            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13120   }
13121 };
13122 
13123 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13124 // a previous element has already been set to.
13125 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13126                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13127                                         QualType EnumType) {
13128   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13129     return;
13130   // Avoid anonymous enums
13131   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13132     return;
13133 
13134   // Only check for small enums.
13135   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13136     return;
13137 
13138   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13139   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13140 
13141   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13142   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13143           ValueToVectorMap;
13144 
13145   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13146   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13147 
13148   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13149   // an initialier.
13150   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13151     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13152 
13153     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13154     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13155     if (!ECD) {
13156       return;
13157     }
13158 
13159     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13160       continue;
13161 
13162     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13163     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13164 
13165     // First time encountering this value.
13166     if (Entry.isNull())
13167       Entry = ECD;
13168   }
13169 
13170   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13171   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13172     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13173     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13174       continue;
13175 
13176     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13177 
13178     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13179     if (Entry.isNull())
13180       continue;
13181 
13182     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13183       // Ensure constants are different.
13184       if (D == ECD)
13185         continue;
13186 
13187       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13188       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13189       Vec->push_back(D);
13190       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13191 
13192       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13193       Entry = Vec;
13194 
13195       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13196       // diagnostics.
13197       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13198       continue;
13199     }
13200 
13201     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13202     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13203     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13204       continue;
13205 
13206     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13207   }
13208 
13209   // Emit diagnostics.
13210   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13211                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13212        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13213     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13214     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13215 
13216     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13217     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13218     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13219       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13220       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13221     ++I;
13222 
13223     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13224     // the same value.
13225     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13226       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13227         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13228         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13229     delete Vec;
13230   }
13231 }
13232 
13233 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13234                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13235                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13236                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13237   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13238   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13239 
13240   if (Attr)
13241     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
13242 
13243   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
13244     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13245       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13246         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13247       if (!ECD) continue;
13248 
13249       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13250     }
13251 
13252     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
13253     return;
13254   }
13255 
13256   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
13257   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
13258   // emit a warning.
13259   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13260   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
13261   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
13262 
13263   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
13264   // reverse the list.
13265   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
13266   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
13267 
13268   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
13269   bool AllElementsInt = true;
13270 
13271   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13272     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13273       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13274     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13275 
13276     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13277 
13278     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
13279     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
13280       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
13281                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
13282     else
13283       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
13284                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
13285 
13286     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
13287     if (AllElementsInt)
13288       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
13289   }
13290 
13291   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
13292   QualType BestType;
13293   unsigned BestWidth;
13294 
13295   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
13296   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
13297   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
13298   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
13299   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
13300   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
13301   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
13302   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
13303   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
13304   QualType BestPromotionType;
13305 
13306   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
13307   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
13308   // enum definitions.
13309   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
13310     Packed = true;
13311 
13312   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13313     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
13314     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
13315       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
13316     else
13317       BestPromotionType = BestType;
13318     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
13319     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
13320     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
13321     BestWidth = CharWidth;
13322   }
13323   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
13324     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
13325     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
13326     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13327     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
13328       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
13329       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13330     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
13331                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
13332       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
13333       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13334     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
13335       BestType = Context.IntTy;
13336       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13337     } else {
13338       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
13339 
13340       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
13341         BestType = Context.LongTy;
13342       } else {
13343         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13344 
13345         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
13346           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
13347         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
13348       }
13349     }
13350     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
13351   } else {
13352     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
13353     // all of the enumerator values.
13354     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13355     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
13356       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
13357       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13358       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13359     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13360       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13361       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13362       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13363     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13364       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13365       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13366       BestPromotionType
13367         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13368                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13369     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13370                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13371       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13372       BestPromotionType
13373         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13374                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13375     } else {
13376       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13377       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13378              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13379       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13380       BestPromotionType
13381         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13382                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13383     }
13384   }
13385 
13386   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13387   // the type of the enum if needed.
13388   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13389     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13390     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13391 
13392     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13393     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13394     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13395     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13396     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13397 
13398     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13399     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13400 
13401     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13402     // the enum decl type.
13403     QualType NewTy;
13404     unsigned NewWidth;
13405     bool NewSign;
13406     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13407         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13408         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13409       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13410       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13411       NewSign = true;
13412     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13413       // Already the right type!
13414       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13415         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13416         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13417         // enumeration.
13418         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13419       continue;
13420     } else {
13421       NewTy = BestType;
13422       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13423       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13424     }
13425 
13426     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13427     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13428     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13429     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13430 
13431     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13432     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13433         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13434       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13435                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13436                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13437                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
13438                                                 VK_RValue));
13439     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13440       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13441       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13442       // enumeration.
13443       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13444     else
13445       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13446   }
13447 
13448   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13449                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13450 
13451   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13452 
13453   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13454   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13455     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13456 }
13457 
13458 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13459                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13460                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13461   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13462 
13463   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13464                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13465                                                    EndLoc);
13466   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13467   return New;
13468 }
13469 
13470 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13471                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13472                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13473   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13474     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13475     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13476       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13477         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13478           << M->getFullModuleName();
13479         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13480         return;
13481       }
13482       break;
13483     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13484       break;
13485     }
13486     DC = LSD->getParent();
13487   }
13488 
13489   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13490     DC = DC->getParent();
13491   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13492     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13493       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13494     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13495            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13496       << DC;
13497   }
13498 }
13499 
13500 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13501                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13502                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13503   Module *Mod =
13504       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
13505                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13506   if (!Mod)
13507     return true;
13508 
13509   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13510 
13511   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
13512   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
13513   // silently ignoring the import.
13514   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
13515     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
13516         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
13517   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
13518     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
13519         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
13520 
13521   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13522   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13523   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13524     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13525     // We need the length to be consistent.
13526     if (!ModCheck)
13527       break;
13528     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13529 
13530     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13531   }
13532 
13533   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13534                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13535                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13536                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13537   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13538   return Import;
13539 }
13540 
13541 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13542   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13543 
13544   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13545   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13546                                       /*Complain=*/true);
13547 }
13548 
13549 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
13550                                                       Module *Mod) {
13551   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
13552   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
13553     return;
13554 
13555   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13556   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13557   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13558                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13559   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13560   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13561 
13562   // Make the module visible.
13563   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13564                                       /*Complain=*/false);
13565 }
13566 
13567 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13568                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13569                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13570                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13571                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13572   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13573                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13574   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13575                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13576 
13577   if (PrevDecl)
13578     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13579   else
13580     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13581       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13582 }
13583 
13584 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13585                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13586                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13587   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13588 
13589   if (PrevDecl) {
13590     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13591   } else {
13592     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13593       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13594         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
13595   }
13596 }
13597 
13598 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13599                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13600                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13601                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13602                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13603   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13604                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13605   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13606 
13607   if (PrevDecl) {
13608     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13609       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13610         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13611   } else {
13612     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13613       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13614   }
13615 }
13616 
13617 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13618   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13619 }
13620 
13621 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13622   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13623   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13624   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13625   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13626   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13627   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13628   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13629     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13630     if (R != AR_Available)
13631       return R;
13632     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13633   }
13634   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13635   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13636   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13637             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13638     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13639   }
13640   // Recover from user error.
13641   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
13642 }
13643